{"title":"Binocular Microscopes","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-microblue-mb-1052","title":"MicroBlue MB.1052 Binocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex MicroBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eMicroscopes for teaching must be easy to use and designed with students in mind. They must be able to withstand intensive use and handling by non-expert users. Euromex microscopes, which offer high quality at a very affordable price, meet these requirements perfectly thanks to a design geared towards education and the use of first-class materials.\u003cbr\u003e The modern MicroBlue microscopes are entry-level models, especially suitable for tight budgets. The basic model comes with a fixed-lens condenser and a simple stage. All models with an integrated mechanical stage are supplied with an Abbe condenser. All models are equipped with 35 mm achromatic objectives. They can be used cordlessly, as they incorporate rechargeable batteries.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMicroBlue Microscope Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S) \u003cbr\u003e• WF 10x \/ 18 mm widefield eyepieces \u003cbr\u003e• Secured, with pointer for monocular versions HEAD \u003cbr\u003e• Monocular models have 45 ° inclined tubes \u003cbr\u003e• Binocular models have 45 ° inclined tubes, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm and a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left tube \u003cbr\u003e• Trinocular models have 30 ° inclined tubes, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm and a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left tube \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50) and produces an erect image \u003cbr\u003e• Two digital heads available: With an integrated USB 2.0 camera with 1.3 MP 1 \/ 2.5 ” CMOS sensor, 1272 x 952 pixels With an integrated USB 2.0 camera with 5.0 MP 1\/2 ” CMOS sensor, 2560 x 1920 pixels \u003cbr\u003e• LCD version with 5.6” LCD screen \u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate through 360 ° and are secured, except the LCD head, which is fixed \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE \u003cbr\u003eInward-facing nosepiece for three or four objectives, mounted on ball bearings \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING \u003cbr\u003e• Coarse and fine focusing knobs, 200 graduations, 15 μm per graduation, 3 mm per fine focus rotation, total travel of approximately 15 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with a stage height stop to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives\u003cbr\u003e• The coarse focus is equipped with tension control \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003eAll models are supplied with a 115 x 100 mm stage with 55 x 20 mm X-Y travel, except for the basic model MB.1001, which is supplied with a 105 x 105 mm stage and two fixed specimen clips \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with iris diaphragm and filter holder, except for models MB.1001 and MB.1001-LCD, which are equipped with an N.A. 0.65 condenser with built-in iris diaphragm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• All monocular versions are supplied with 1W LED illumination with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular versions are supplied with a 1W NeoLED ™ illumination system with adjustable intensity \u003cbr\u003e• All models have internal rechargeable batteries with an external 100-240 V battery charger \/ mains adapter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eINCLUDED IN THE BOX \u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with mains adapter charger, white filter, dust cover, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil for models with S100x objective \u003cbr\u003e• Software, USB-2 cable and a 1 mm \/ 100 parts calibration slide are included (for both camera models) \u003cbr\u003e• External power supply for LCD screen \u003cbr\u003e• Everything packed in a polystyrene box","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670196818246,"sku":"MB.1052","price":329.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-MB.1052.jpg?v=1730177001"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-microblue-mb-1652","title":"MicroBlue MB.1652 Binocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex MicroBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eMicroscopes for teaching must be easy to use and designed with students in mind, which means they must be able to withstand intensive use and handling by inexperienced users. Euromex microscopes, which are of high quality yet very affordably priced, meet these requirements perfectly thanks to a design strongly oriented towards education and the use of first-class materials.\u003cbr\u003e The modern MicroBlue are entry-level microscopes, particularly suitable for tight budgets. The basic model comes with a fixed-lens condenser and a simple stage. All models with an integrated mechanical stage are supplied with an Abbe condenser. All models are equipped with 35 mm achromatic objectives. They can operate cordlessly as they incorporate rechargeable batteries.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMicroBlue Microscope Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S) \u003cbr\u003e• WF 10x \/ 18 mm wide-field eyepieces \u003cbr\u003e• Secured and with pointer for monocular versions HEAD \u003cbr\u003e• Monocular models with 45 ° inclined tubes \u003cbr\u003e• Binocular models have 45 ° inclined tubes, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm and a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left tube \u003cbr\u003e• Trinocular models have 30 ° inclined tubes, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm and a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left tube \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50) and produces an upright image \u003cbr\u003e• Two digital heads available: With an integrated USB 2.0 camera with 1.3 MP 1 \/ 2.5 ” CMOS sensor, 1272 x 952 pixels With an integrated USB 2.0 camera with 5.0 MP 1\/2 ” CMOS sensor, 2560 x 1920 pixels \u003cbr\u003e• LCD version with 5.6” LCD screen \u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate through 360 ° and are secured, except the LCD head, which is fixed \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE \u003cbr\u003eInward-facing nosepiece for three or four objectives, mounted on ball bearings \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING \u003cbr\u003e• Coarse and fine focusing knobs, 200 divisions, 15 μm per division, 3 mm per rotation of the fine focus, total travel of approximately 15 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with a stage height stop system to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives\u003cbr\u003e• The coarse focus is equipped with friction control \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003eAll models are supplied with a 115 x 100 mm stage with 55 x 20 mm X-Y travel, except for the basic model MB.1001, which is supplied with a 105 x 105 mm stage and two non-removable specimen clips \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with iris diaphragm and filter holder, except for models MB.1001 and MB.1001-LCD, which are equipped with an N.A. 0.65 condenser with built-in iris diaphragm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• All monocular versions are supplied with 1W LED illumination with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular versions are supplied with a 1W NeoLED ™ illumination system with adjustable intensity \u003cbr\u003e• All models have internal rechargeable batteries with an external 100-240 V battery charger \/ mains adapter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eINCLUDED CONTENTS \u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with mains adapter charger, white filter, dust cover, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil for models with S100x objective \u003cbr\u003e• Software, USB-2 cable and a 1 mm \/ 100 parts calibration slide are included (for the two camera models) \u003cbr\u003e• External power supply for LCD screen \u003cbr\u003e• All packed in a polystyrene box","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670199406918,"sku":"MB.1652","price":382.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-MB.1652.jpg?v=1730177033"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-microblue-mb-1152","title":"MicroBlue MB.1152 Binocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex MicroBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eMicroscopes for teaching must be easy to use and designed with students in mind, which means they must be able to withstand intensive use and handling by inexperienced users. Euromex microscopes, which offer high quality at a very affordable price, meet these requirements perfectly thanks to a design geared towards education and the use of first-class materials.\u003cbr\u003e The modern MicroBlue microscopes are entry-level instruments, particularly suitable for tight budgets. The basic model comes with a fixed-lens condenser and a simple stage. All models with an integrated mechanical stage are supplied with an Abbe condenser. All models are equipped with 35 mm achromatic objectives. They can operate cordlessly as they incorporate rechargeable batteries.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMicroBlue Microscope Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S) \u003cbr\u003e• WF 10x \/ 18 mm wide-field eyepieces \u003cbr\u003e• Secured, and with pointer for monocular versions HEAD \u003cbr\u003e• Monocular models have 45 ° inclined tubes \u003cbr\u003e• Binocular models have 45 ° inclined tubes, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm and a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left tube \u003cbr\u003e• Trinocular models have 30 ° inclined tubes, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm and a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left tube \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50) and produces an erect image \u003cbr\u003e• Two digital heads available: With an integrated USB 2.0 camera with 1.3 MP 1 \/ 2.5 ” CMOS sensor, 1272 x 952 pixels With an integrated USB 2.0 camera with 5.0 MP 1\/2 ” CMOS sensor, 2560 x 1920 pixels \u003cbr\u003e• LCD version with 5.6” LCD screen \u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate 360 ° and are secured, except the LCD head, which is fixed \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE \u003cbr\u003eInward-facing nosepiece for three or four objectives, mounted on ball bearings \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING \u003cbr\u003e• Coarse and fine focusing knobs, 200 divisions, 15 μm per division, 3 mm per rotation of the fine focus, total travel of approximately 15 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with a stage height stop system to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives\u003cbr\u003e• The coarse focus is equipped with friction control \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003eAll models are supplied with a 115 x 100 mm stage with 55 x 20 mm X-Y travel, except for the basic model MB.1001, which is supplied with a 105 x 105 mm stage and two non-removable specimen clips \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with iris diaphragm and filter holder, except for models MB.1001 and MB.1001-LCD, which are equipped with an N.A. 0.65 condenser with built-in iris diaphragm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• All monocular versions are supplied with 1W LED illumination with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular versions are supplied with a 1W NeoLED ™ illumination system with adjustable intensity \u003cbr\u003e• All models have internal rechargeable batteries with an external 100-240 V battery charger \/ mains adaptor \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONTENTS INCLUDED \u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with mains adaptor charger, white filter, dust cover, user manual and 5 ml of immersion oil for models with S100x objective \u003cbr\u003e• The software, USB-2 cable and a 1 mm \/ 100 parts calibration slide are included (for both camera models) \u003cbr\u003e• External power supply for LCD screen \u003cbr\u003e• Everything packed in a polystyrene box","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670201831750,"sku":"MB.1152","price":382.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-MB.1152.jpg?v=1730177095"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-ecoblue-ec-1152","title":"Ecoblue EC.1152 Binocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEcoBlue x1000 Binocular Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• WF 10x\/18 mm wide-field eyepiece with pointer\u003cbr\u003e• The eyepieces of binocular and trinocular models are supplied without a pointer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• 45º inclination on models with a monocular head\u003cbr\u003e• 30º inclination on binocular and trinocular models\u003cbr\u003e• Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm\u003cbr\u003e• All binocular and trinocular models have ± 5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece holder\u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate through 360°\u003cbr\u003e• Models with integrated USB-2 digital camera are supplied with a 1\/2” CMOS sensor camera, 5.0 MP (resolution 2560 x 1920 pixels)\u003cbr\u003e• EcoBlue models can be supplied with an optional discussion head\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Quadruple objective nosepiece mounted on ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with a removable analyser\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOBJECTIVES - 45 MM PARFOCAL\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e• Achromatic objectives 4x\/0.10, 10x\/0.25, S40x\/0.65 and S100x\/1.25\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• The S40x, S60x and S100x\/oil immersion objectives are retractable\u003cbr\u003e• HLED-S models for polarisation are fitted with semi-plan objectives\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eAll optics have an anti-fungus coating and a multi-layer coating for greater light transmission\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e(Photo: EC.7004, EC.7010, EC.7020, EC.7040, EC.7060, EC.7000)\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cimg title=\"EC.7004_7010_7020_7040_7060_7000\" alt=\"EC.7004_7010_7020_7040_7060_7000\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/EC.7004_7010_7020_7040_7060_7000.jpg\"\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOCUSING SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Coaxial coarse and fine focusing, fine focus with 200 graduations, 12.5 µm graduation, 2.5 mm per rotation, total travel of approximately 15 mm\u003cbr\u003e• With a maximum stage height stop to protect the specimen and the objectives\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSTAGES\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• 123 x 119 mm flat stage with two specimen clips (optional EC.9500 mechanical stage with 51 x 26 mm X-Y travel)\u003cbr\u003e• 123 x 128 mm mechanical stage with 70 x 27 mm X-Y travel\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with a circular stage, rotatable through 360º, with two specimen clips\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable, with iris diaphragm and filter holder ring\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Polarising models have a rack and pinion system for adjusting the condenser height; on all other models the adjustment is by screw thread\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eILLUMINATION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg title=\"NeoLED-combined\" alt=\"NeoLED-combined\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/NeoLED-combined.jpg\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Monocular models are supplied with adjustable 1 W LED illumination\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models are supplied with adjustable 1 W NeoLED™ illumination, which increases light intensity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Models without an X-Y mechanical stage are supplied with an integrated 100-240 V power supply, without rechargeable batteries\u003cbr\u003e• Models with an integrated X-Y mechanical stage are supplied with rechargeable batteries and an external 100-240 V power adapter\/charger\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum). With an integrated 100-240 V power supply, without batteries\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003eDIGITAL MODELS\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCAMERA\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• All digital EcoBlue models are equipped with a 5.0 MP CMOS USB-2 camera\u003cbr\u003e• Maximum resolution of 2560 x 1920, 24-bit colour depth, more than 30 frames per second\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with ImageFocus Plus software, USB-2 cable and 1mm\/100 calibration slide\u003cbr\u003e• 2-year warranty on the camera\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSOFTWARE\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• The ImageFocus Plus image capture and analysis software allows images to be saved in .jpg, .tif, .bmp or .dicom formats\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with ImageFocus Plus for capturing images and videos\u003cbr\u003e• This software also offers a complete range of analysis tools, such as measurements on still and live images and annotations on captured images\u003cbr\u003e• Saves images in .jpg, .tif, .bmp or .dicom format and videos in .avi format\u003cbr\u003e• Images can be annotated and measurements can be made on live or captured images\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Compatible with Windows 7, 8, 10 and 11, 32-bit and 64-bit configurations\u003cbr\u003e• A Mac OS Light version is also available for capturing images\u003cbr\u003e• Updates can be downloaded from our website\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.euromex.com\/\"\u003ewww.euromex.com\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.euromex.com\/\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eANTI-THEFT SLOT\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eOn the back of the microscope there is a Kensington security slot that can be used to secure the instrument against theft\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSTORAGE AND TRANSPORT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg title=\"AE.9918_EC\" alt=\"AE.9918_EC\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/images-S\/AE.9918_EC.png\"\u003e\u003cimg title=\"AE.9912\" alt=\"AE.9912\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/images-S\/AE.9912.png\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eFrom left to right: AE.9918 - AE.9912\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s3\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Supplied with power cable or power adapter\/charger, white filter, dust cover, fuse, instruction manual and 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models with a 100x objective)\u003cbr\u003e• EcoBlue models with an external mains adapter and X-Y stage (EC.1x5x) are supplied with three rechargeable AA batteries\u003cbr\u003e• All models are supplied in a polystyrene box\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670212120902,"sku":"EC.1152","price":467.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-EC.1152.jpg?v=1730177259"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-bioblue-lab-bb-1152-plphi","title":"BioBlue.Lab BB.1152-PLPHi Binocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex BioBlue.Lab Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eIt is the flagship of the BlueLine series. The BioBlue.Lab is an instrument that meets the highest expectations of microscopy users. These ergonomic, easy-to-use microscopes have been specifically designed for educational and laboratory applications. The 150 x 140 mm stage with rackless X-axis and 75 x 30 mm X-Y travel provides smooth specimen movement and high-precision positioning, which is highly valued in the most demanding cytology and histopathology applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe BioBlue.Lab microscope models offer great functionality and are equipped with WF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces and plan or infinity-corrected plan (IOS) 4x \/ 10x \/ S40x \/ S100x objectives. Versions with plan or infinity-corrected plan (IOS) phase contrast objectives 10x \/ 20x \/ S40x \/ S100x are also available. All models are equipped with a NeoLED illumination system and are available in binocular and trinocular versions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBioBlue.Lab Microscope Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003ePair of WF10x\/20 mm wide-field eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003eBinocular and trinocular Siedentopf-type models, inclined at 30°, rotating through 360° with locking screw and Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes.\u003cbr\u003eThe interpupillary distance is adjustable from 48 to 75 mm. ±5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece tube. The trinocular head has a light distribution of 50% observation \/ 50% photography and produces a non-inverted image\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on ball bearings. With slot (BB.9602)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eBioBlue.Lab microscopes are equipped with plan achromatic, infinity-corrected plan achromatic (IOS) and infinity-corrected plan achromatic phase (IOS) objectives. Plan achromatic and infinity-corrected plan achromatic (IOS) objectives of 20x\/0.40 and S60x\/0.85 are also available as options. The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are of the retractable type. All optical components have an anti-fungus treatment and anti-reflection coatings for maximum light transmission \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1.5 μm precision, 200 graduations per fine focus revolution (0.3 mm). Total travel of approximately 28 mm. With a safety stop to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003eRackless X-axis stage of 150 x 140 mm. X-Y travel of 75 x 30 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable, with filter holder ring and iris diaphragm. Supplied with a white filter\u003cbr\u003eZernike phase contrast kit for infinity-corrected (IOS) PLPHi 10\/20\/40\/100x phase objectives, rotating condenser with 4 phase rings, centring telescope for phase alignment and green filter. The Zernike condenser also allows brightfield observation \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eAll models feature variable-intensity illumination based on a 3W NeoLED™. Internal power supply 100-240 VAC\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWEIGHT\u003cbr\u003eThe weight of the BioBlue.Lab model is approximately 5.5 kg \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil and white or green filter (depending on model). Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670233157958,"sku":"BB.1152-PLPHi","price":1695.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BB.1152-PLPHi.jpg?v=1730177939"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-bioblue-lab-bb-1152-pli","title":"BioBlue.Lab BB.1152-PLi Binocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex BioBlue.Lab Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe flagship of the BlueLine series. The BioBlue.Lab is an instrument that meets the highest expectations of microscopy users. These ergonomic, easy-to-use microscopes have been designed specifically for educational and laboratory applications. The 150 x 140 mm stage with a rackless X axis and an X-Y travel of 75 x 30 mm provides smooth specimen movement and high-precision positioning, which is highly valued in the most demanding cytology and histopathology applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe BioBlue.Lab microscope models offer great functionality and are equipped with WF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces and plan or infinity-corrected plan (IOS) 4x \/ 10x \/ S40x \/ S100x objectives. Versions with plan or infinity-corrected plan (IOS) phase contrast objectives 10x \/ 20x \/ S40x \/ S100x are also available. All models are fitted with a NeoLED illumination system and are available in binocular and trinocular versions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBioBlue.Lab Microscope Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003ePair of WF10x\/20 mm wide-field eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003eSiedentopf-type binocular and trinocular models, inclined at 30°, rotatable through 360° with a locking screw and Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes.\u003cbr\u003eThe interpupillary distance is adjustable between 48 and 75 mm. ±5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece tube. The trinocular head has a light distribution of 50% observation \/ 50% photography and produces an unreversed image.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple reversed nosepiece mounted on ball bearings. With slot (BB.9602)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eThe BioBlue.Lab microscopes are equipped with plan achromatic, infinity-corrected plan achromatic (IOS) and infinity-corrected plan achromatic phase (IOS) objectives. Plan achromatic and infinity-corrected plan achromatic (IOS) objectives of 20x\/0.40 and S60x\/0.85 are also available as options. The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are of the retractable type. All optical components have an anti-fungus treatment and anti-reflection coatings for maximum light transmission.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with a precision of 1.5 μm, 200 graduations per turn of the fine focus (0.3 mm). Total travel of approximately 28 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003eRackless stage on the X axis of 150 x 140 mm. X-Y travel of 75 x 30 mm.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable, with filter holder ring and iris diaphragm. Supplied with white filter.\u003cbr\u003eZernike phase contrast kit for infinity-corrected (IOS) phase objectives PLPHi 10\/20\/40\/100x, rotating condenser with 4 phase rings, centring telescope for phase alignment and green filter. The Zernike condenser also allows brightfield observation.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eAll models feature adjustable-intensity illumination based on a 3W NeoLED™. Internal power supply 100-240 VAC.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWEIGHT\u003cbr\u003eThe weight of the BioBlue.Lab model is approximately 5.5 kg.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil and white or green filter (depending on the model). Polystyrene case.","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670233944390,"sku":"BB.1152-PLi","price":796.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BB.1152-PLi.jpg?v=1730178005"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-bioblue-lab-bb-1152-pl","title":"BioBlue.Lab BB.1152-PL Binocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex BioBlue.Lab Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eIt is the flagship of the BlueLine series. BioBlue.Lab is an instrument that meets the highest expectations of microscopy users. These ergonomic, easy-to-use microscopes have been specifically designed for educational and laboratory applications. The 150 x 140 mm stage with rackless X-axis and 75 x 30 mm X-Y travel provides smooth specimen movement and high-precision positioning, which is highly valued in the most demanding cytology and histopathology applications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe BioBlue.Lab microscope models offer great functionality and are equipped with WF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces and plan or infinity-corrected plan (IOS) 4x \/ 10x \/ S40x \/ S100x objectives. Versions with plan or infinity-corrected plan (IOS) phase contrast objectives 10x \/ 20x \/ S40x \/ S100x are also available. All models are equipped with a NeoLED illumination system and are available in binocular and trinocular versions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBioBlue.Lab Microscope Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003ePair of WF10x\/20 mm wide-field eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003eBinocular and trinocular Siedentopf-type models, inclined at 30° and rotatable through 360° with locking screw, with Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes.\u003cbr\u003eThe interpupillary distance is adjustable between 48 and 75 mm. ±5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece tube. The trinocular head has a light distribution of 50% observation \/ 50% photography and produces an unreversed image\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple reversed nosepiece mounted on ball bearings. With slot (BB.9602)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eBioBlue.Lab microscopes are equipped with plan achromatic, infinity-corrected plan achromatic (IOS) and infinity-corrected plan achromatic phase (IOS) objectives. Optional 20x\/0.40 and S60x\/0.85 plan achromatic and infinity-corrected plan achromatic (IOS) objectives are also available. The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable. All optical components have anti-fungus treatment and anti-reflection coatings for maximum light transmission \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focusing with 1.5 μm precision, 200 graduations per turn of the fine focus (0.3 mm). Total travel of approximately 28 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003eRackless X-axis stage of 150 x 140 mm. X-Y travel of 75 x 30 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable, with filter holder ring and iris diaphragm. Supplied with white filter\u003cbr\u003eZernike phase contrast kit for infinity-corrected (IOS) PLPHi 10\/20\/40\/100x phase objectives, rotating condenser with 4 phase rings, phase centring telescope and green filter. The Zernike condenser also allows brightfield observation \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eAll models have adjustable-intensity illumination based on a 3W NeoLED™. Internal power supply 100-240 VAC\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWEIGHT\u003cbr\u003eThe weight of the BioBlue.Lab model is approximately 5.5 kg \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003eSupplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil and white or green filter (depending on model). Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670234108230,"sku":"BB.1152-PL","price":744.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BB.1152-PL.jpg?v=1730178067"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-bioblue-bb-4260-p-hled","title":"BioBlue BB.4260-P-HLED Binocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex BioBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe extensive experience of Euromex's optical engineers has contributed to the development and introduction of the BioBlue series with the best optical components and fully guaranteed performance, which means clear, sharp images at all magnifications. The modern BioBlue series microscopes are designed specifically for educational purposes, with particular attention to ergonomics and current quality standards.\u003cbr\u003e The DIN WF 10x\/18 eyepieces and the 45 mm DIN semi-plan achromatic objectives of the BioBlue models produce sharp, high-resolution images. When changing magnification, the image remains perfectly focused and centred. The 120 x 120 mm plain stage and the 130 x 130 mm mechanical stage with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel allow the specimen to be positioned with a precision of 2 µm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBioBlue Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003cbr\u003e• Wide-field WF10x\/18 mm\u003cbr\u003e• With locking and pointer on monocular models\u003cbr\u003e• BioBlue EVO models are supplied with WF10x\/20 mm eyepieces \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate through 360° and have a safety screw\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular head with 45° inclination\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models with 30° inclination, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm, with ± 5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50) and produces an image\u003cbr\u003e• Models with a digital head are supplied with an integrated 5.0 MP USB 2.0 CMOS camera (2560 x 1920 pixels) with 1\/2 “ sensor\u003cbr\u003e• Optional discussion head\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple, inward-facing and mounted on ball bearings.\u003cbr\u003ePolarising models are supplied with a removable analyser\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with semi-plan objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85, S100x \/ 1.25 oil immersion. The objective configuration depends on the model \u003cbr\u003e• The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable (prevents damage to the specimen and the objectives) \u003cbr\u003eAll optical components have an anti-fungus treatment and an anti-reflection coating to optimise light transmission\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eF O C U S I N G\u003cbr\u003e• Coaxial coarse and fine focusing. Precision of 2 μm per division, 200 divisions and 0.4 mm per rotation of the fine focus\u003cbr\u003e• Total travel of 23 mm\u003cbr\u003e• With stage height limit to protect the specimen and the objectives\u003cbr\u003e• With tension adjustment system \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical, 130 x 130 mm, with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel. Except for models BB.4200 and BB.4205\u003cbr\u003e• These models have a 120 x 120 mm stage with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models have a 129 mm circular stage, rotating through 360°, with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISING MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Equipped with an analyser mounted on a slide-out plate under the head\u003cbr\u003e• 360° graduated rotating polariser mounted on the lamp holder\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an internal 100-240V power supply\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising accessories for standard microscopes are available as an option\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable, with iris diaphragm and filter holder ring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNeoLEDTM ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models include a 1W NeoLED™ illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular models include a 1W LED illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an integrated 100-240 V power supply. However, 20 W halogen illumination is also available for polarising models on special order\u003cbr\u003e• EVO models are supplied with NeoLED ™ Köhler illumination\u003cbr\u003e• All BioBlue microscopes, except the halogen models, are supplied with rechargeable batteries and an integrated power supply.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAPL (ANTI-BACTERIAL PROTECTION LAYER)\u003cbr\u003eAPL (Anti-bacterial Protection Layer) is a revolutionary paint treatment applied to the most critical parts of our products. \u003cbr\u003eA microscope with APL will restrict the growth of microorganisms, including bacteria and mould","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670235189574,"sku":"BB.4260-P-HLED","price":812.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BB.4260-P-HLED.jpg?v=1730178192"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-bioblue-bb-4263-p-hled","title":"BioBlue BB.4263-P-HLED Binocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex BioBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe extensive experience of the Euromex optical engineers has contributed to the development and introduction of the BioBlue series, with the best optical components and fully guaranteed performance, which means clear, sharp images at all magnifications. The modern microscopes of the BioBlue series are designed especially for educational purposes, with particular attention to ergonomics and current quality standards.\u003cbr\u003e The DIN WF 10x\/18 eyepieces and the 45 mm DIN semi-plan achromatic objectives of the BioBlue models produce sharp, high-resolution images. When you change magnification, the image remains perfectly focused and centred. The simple 120 x 120 mm stage and the 130 x 130 mm mechanical stage with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel allow the specimen to be positioned with a precision of 2 µm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBioBlue Microscope Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003cbr\u003e• WF10x\/18 mm wide field\u003cbr\u003e• With fixing and pointer on monocular models\u003cbr\u003e• BioBlue EVO models are supplied with WF10x\/20 mm eyepieces \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate through 360° with a locking screw\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular head with 45° inclination\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models with 30° inclination, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm, with ± 5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50) and produces an image\u003cbr\u003e• Models with a digital head are supplied with an integrated 5.0 MP USB 2.0 CMOS camera (2560 x 1920 pixels) with a 1\/2 “ sensor\u003cbr\u003e• Optional discussion head\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple, inward-facing and mounted on ball bearings.\u003cbr\u003ePolarising models are supplied with a removable analyser\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with semi-plan objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85, S100x \/ 1.25 oil immersion. The objective configuration depends on the model \u003cbr\u003e• The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable (prevents damage to the specimen and the objectives) \u003cbr\u003eAll optical components have an anti-fungus treatment and an anti-reflection coating to optimise light transmission\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eF O C U S I N G\u003cbr\u003e• Coaxial coarse and fine focusing. Precision of 2 μm per division, 200 divisions and 0.4 mm per rotation of the fine focus\u003cbr\u003e• Total travel of 23 mm\u003cbr\u003e• With stage height limit to protect the specimen and the objectives\u003cbr\u003e• With tension adjustment system \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical 130 x 130 mm with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel. Except on models BB.4200 and BB.4205\u003cbr\u003e• These models have a 120 x 120 mm stage with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models have a 129 mm circular stage, rotating through 360°, with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISING MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Equipped with an analyser mounted on a slide-out plate under the head\u003cbr\u003e• 360° graduated rotating polariser mounted on the lamp holder\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an internal 100-240V power supply\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising accessories for standard microscopes are available as an option\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable, with iris diaphragm and filter holder ring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNeoLEDTM ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models include a 1W NeoLED™ illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular models include a 1W LED illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an integrated 100-240 V power supply. However, 20 W halogen illumination is also available for polarising models on special order\u003cbr\u003e• EVO models are supplied with NeoLED ™ Köhler illumination\u003cbr\u003e• All BioBlue microscopes, except the halogen models, are supplied with rechargeable batteries and an integrated power supply.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAPL (ANTI-BACTERIAL PROTECTION LAYER)\u003cbr\u003eAPL (Anti-bacterial Protection Layer) is a revolutionary paint treatment applied to the most critical parts of our products. \u003cbr\u003eA microscope with APL will restrict the growth of microorganisms, including bacteria and mould","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670235386182,"sku":"BB.4263-P-HLED","price":812.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BB.4263-P-HLED.jpg?v=1730178222"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-bioblue-bb-4261-p-hled","title":"BioBlue BB.4261-P-HLED Binocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex BioBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe extensive experience of Euromex's optical engineers has contributed to the development and introduction of the BioBlue series, with the best optical components and fully guaranteed performance, which means clear, sharp images at all magnifications. The modern BioBlue series microscopes are designed specifically for educational use, with particular attention to ergonomics and current quality standards.\u003cbr\u003e The DIN WF 10x\/18 eyepieces and 45 mm DIN semi-plan achromatic objectives of the BioBlue models produce sharp, high-resolution images. When you change magnification, the image stays perfectly focused and centred. The 120 x 120 mm plain stage and the 130 x 130 mm mechanical stage with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel allow the specimen to be positioned with a precision of 2 µm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBioBlue Microscope Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003cbr\u003e• WF10x\/18 mm wide field\u003cbr\u003e• With locking and pointer on monocular models\u003cbr\u003e• BioBlue EVO models are supplied with WF10x\/20 mm eyepieces \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate through 360° with a locking screw\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular head with 45° inclination\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models with 30° inclination, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm, with ± 5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece holder\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50) and produces an image\u003cbr\u003e• Models with a digital head are supplied with an integrated 5.0 MP USB 2.0 CMOS camera (2560 x 1920 pixels) with a 1\/2 “ sensor\u003cbr\u003e• Optional discussion head\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eInward-facing quadruple nosepiece mounted on ball bearings.\u003cbr\u003ePolarising models are supplied with a removable analyser\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with semi-plan objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85, S100x \/ 1.25 oil immersion. The objective configuration depends on the model \u003cbr\u003e• The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable (prevents damage to the specimen and the objectives) \u003cbr\u003eAll optical components have an anti-fungus treatment and an anti-reflection coating to optimise light transmission\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eF O C U S I N G\u003cbr\u003e• Coaxial coarse and fine focus. Precision of 2 μm per graduation, 200 graduations and 0.4 mm per rotation of the fine focus\u003cbr\u003e• Total travel of 23 mm\u003cbr\u003e• With stage height limit to protect the specimen and the objectives\u003cbr\u003e• With tension adjustment system \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical, 130 x 130 mm with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel. Except on models BB.4200 and BB.4205\u003cbr\u003e• These models have a 120 x 120 mm stage with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models have a 129 mm circular stage, rotating through 360°, with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISING MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Equipped with an analyser mounted on a slide that can be removed from under the head\u003cbr\u003e• Rotating polariser graduated through 360°, mounted on the lamp holder\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an internal 100-240V power supply\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising accessories for standard microscopes are available as an option\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable, with iris diaphragm and filter holder ring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNeoLEDTM ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models include a 1W NeoLED™ illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular models include a 1W LED illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an integrated 100-240 V power supply. However, 20 W halogen illumination is also available for polarising models on special order\u003cbr\u003e• EVO models are supplied with NeoLED ™ Köhler illumination\u003cbr\u003e• All BioBlue microscopes, except the halogen models, are supplied with rechargeable batteries and an integrated power supply.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAPL (ANTIBACTERIAL PROTECTION LAYER)\u003cbr\u003eAPL (Anti-bacterial Protection Layer) is a revolutionary paint treatment applied to the most critical parts of our products. \u003cbr\u003eA microscope with APL will restrict the growth of microorganisms, including bacteria and mould","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670235484486,"sku":"BB.4261-P-HLED","price":757.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BB.4261-P-HLED.jpg?v=1730178257"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-bioblue-bb-4263","title":"BioBlue BB.4263 Binocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex BioBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe extensive experience of Euromex's optical engineers has contributed to the development and introduction of the BioBlue series, with the best optical components and fully guaranteed performance, which means clear, sharp images at all magnifications. The modern microscopes in the BioBlue series are designed specifically for educational purposes, with particular attention to ergonomics and current quality standards.\u003cbr\u003e The WF 10x\/18 DIN eyepieces and the 45 mm semi-plan achromatic DIN objectives of the BioBlue models produce sharp, high-resolution images. When you change magnification, the image remains perfectly focused and centred. The 120 x 120 mm plain stage and the 130 x 130 mm mechanical stage with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel allow the specimen to be positioned with an accuracy of 2 µm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBioBlue Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003cbr\u003e• WF10x\/18 mm wide field\u003cbr\u003e• With fixing and pointer on monocular models\u003cbr\u003e• BioBlue EVO models are supplied with WF10x\/20 mm eyepieces \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate through 360° with a locking screw\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular head with 45° inclination\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models with 30° inclination, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm, with ± 5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50) and produces an image\u003cbr\u003e• Models with a digital head are supplied with an integrated USB 2.0 CMOS 5.0 MP camera (2560 x 1920 pixels) with a 1\/2 \" sensor\u003cbr\u003e• Optional discussion head\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple, inward-facing and mounted on ball bearings.\u003cbr\u003ePolarising models are supplied with a removable analyser\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with semi-plan objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85, S100x \/ 1.25 oil immersion. The objective configuration depends on the model \u003cbr\u003e• The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable (prevents damage to the specimen and the objectives) \u003cbr\u003eAll optical components have an anti-fungus treatment and anti-reflection coatings to optimise light transmission\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eF O C U S I N G\u003cbr\u003e• Coaxial coarse and fine focusing. Accuracy of 2 μm per division, 200 divisions and 0.4 mm per rotation of the fine focus\u003cbr\u003e• Total travel of 23 mm\u003cbr\u003e• With stage height limit to protect the specimen and the objectives\u003cbr\u003e• With tension adjustment system \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical, 130 x 130 mm with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel. Except on models BB.4200 and BB.4205\u003cbr\u003e• These models have a 120 x 120 mm stage with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models have a 129 mm circular stage, rotating through 360°, with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISING MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Equipped with an analyser mounted on a slide that can be pulled out below the head\u003cbr\u003e• 360° graduated rotating polariser mounted on the lamp holder\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an internal 100-240V power supply\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising accessories for standard microscopes are available as an option\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable, with iris diaphragm and filter holder ring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNeoLEDTM ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models include a NeoLED™ 1W illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular models include a 1W LED illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an integrated 100-240 V power supply. However, 20 W halogen illumination is also available for polarising models on special request\u003cbr\u003e• EVO models are supplied with NeoLED ™ Köhler illumination\u003cbr\u003e• All BioBlue microscopes, except the halogen models, are supplied with rechargeable batteries and an integrated power supply.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAPL (ANTIBACTERIAL PROTECTION LAYER)\u003cbr\u003eAPL (Anti-bacterial Protection Layer) is a revolutionary paint treatment applied to the most critical parts of our products. \u003cbr\u003eA microscope with APL will restrict the growth of microorganisms, including bacteria and mould","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670241022278,"sku":"BB.4263","price":539.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BB.4263.jpg?v=1730178634"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-bioblue-bb-4260-e","title":"BioBlue BB.4260-E Binocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex BioBlue Evo Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe extensive experience of the Euromex optical engineers has contributed to the development and introduction of the BioBlue series, with the best optical components and fully guaranteed performance, which means clear, sharp images at all magnifications. The modern microscopes in the BioBlue series are designed especially for educational purposes, with particular attention to ergonomics and current quality standards.\u003cbr\u003e The DIN WF 10x\/18 eyepieces and the 45 mm DIN semi-plan achromatic objectives of the BioBlue models produce sharp, high-resolution images. When you change magnification, the image remains perfectly focused and centred. The 120 x 120 mm plain stage and the 130 x 130 mm mechanical stage with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel allow the specimen to be positioned with a precision of 2 µm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBioBlue Evo Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003cbr\u003eWF10x\/20mm wide-field eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• 360° rotating head with locking screw\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models inclined at 30°. The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 48 and 75 mm. ±5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a light distribution of 50% observation \/ 50% photography and produces a non-inverted image\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple reversed nosepiece mounted on ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e• The microscopes are equipped with semi-plan objectives 4x\/0.10,10x\/0.25, S40x\/0.65 and S100x\/1.25 \u003cbr\u003e• The S40x and S100x objectives are spring-loaded (retractable) \u003cbr\u003eAll optical components have anti-fungus treatment and anti-reflection coating for maximum light transmission \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003e• Coarse and fine focusing with 200 graduations\u003cbr\u003e• Precision of 1.5 μm per graduation, 0.4 mm per turn of the fine focus \u003cbr\u003e• Total travel of approximately 23 mm\u003cbr\u003e• With a safety system to limit the height of the stage and protect the specimen and the high-magnification objectives\u003cbr\u003e• With focusing tension adjustment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e130 x 130 mm mechanical stage with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable, with filter holder ring and iris diaphragm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNeoLED ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e • All models feature adjustable-intensity illumination based on a 1W NeoLED™. It produces even illumination of the specimen and eliminates all interference from dust on the lenses and side glare from the light source (Halogen version on request)\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with rechargeable batteries and an integrated power supply for cordless operation\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670241120582,"sku":"BB.4260-E","price":608.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BB.4260-E.jpg?v=1730178663"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-bioblue-bb-4260","title":"BioBlue BB.4260 Binocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex BioBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe extensive experience of Euromex's optical engineers has contributed to the development and introduction of the BioBlue series, with the best optical components and fully guaranteed performance, which means clear, sharp images at all magnifications. The modern microscopes of the BioBlue series are designed specifically for educational use, paying particular attention to ergonomics and current quality standards.\u003cbr\u003e The DIN WF 10x\/18 eyepieces and the 45 mm DIN semi-plan achromatic objectives of the BioBlue models produce sharp, high-resolution images. When you change magnification, the image remains perfectly focused and centred. The simple 120 x 120 mm stage and the 130 x 130 mm mechanical stage with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel allow the specimen to be positioned with a precision of 2 µm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBioBlue Microscope Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003cbr\u003e• WF10x\/18 mm wide field\u003cbr\u003e• With locking and pointer on monocular models\u003cbr\u003e• BioBlue EVO models are supplied with WF10x\/20 mm eyepieces \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate through 360° with a locking screw\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular head with 45° inclination\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models with 30° inclination, interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm, with ± 5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50) and produces an image\u003cbr\u003e• Models with a digital head are supplied with an integrated 5.0 MP USB 2.0 CMOS camera (2560 x 1920 pixels) with a 1\/2 \" sensor\u003cbr\u003e• Optional discussion head\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple, inward-facing and mounted on ball bearings.\u003cbr\u003ePolarising models are supplied with a removable analyser\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with semi-plan objectives 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85, S100x \/ 1.25 oil immersion. The objective configuration depends on the model \u003cbr\u003e• The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable (prevents damage to the specimen and the objectives) \u003cbr\u003eAll optical components have an anti-fungus treatment and an anti-reflection coating to optimise light transmission\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eF O C U S I N G\u003cbr\u003e• Coaxial coarse and fine focusing. Precision of 2 μm per division, 200 divisions and 0.4 mm per rotation of fine focus\u003cbr\u003e• Total travel of 23 mm\u003cbr\u003e• With stage height limit to protect the specimen and the objectives\u003cbr\u003e• With tension adjustment system \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 130 x 130 mm with 70 x 28 mm X-Y travel. Except on models BB.4200 and BB.4205\u003cbr\u003e• These models have a 120 x 120 mm stage with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models have a 129 mm circular stage, rotating through 360°, with two specimen clips\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISING MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Equipped with an analyser mounted on a slide-in plate under the head\u003cbr\u003e• 360° graduated rotating polariser mounted on the lamp holder\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an internal 100-240V power supply\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising accessories for standard microscopes are available as an option\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eAbbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable, with iris diaphragm and filter holder ring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNeoLEDTM ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models include a 1W NeoLED™ illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Monocular models include a 1W LED illumination system with adjustable intensity\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for correct colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an integrated 100-240 V power supply. However, 20 W halogen illumination is also available for polarising models on special order\u003cbr\u003e• EVO models are supplied with NeoLED ™ Köhler illumination\u003cbr\u003e• All BioBlue microscopes, except the halogen models, are supplied with rechargeable batteries and an integrated power supply.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAPL (ANTIBACTERIAL PROTECTION LAYER)\u003cbr\u003eAPL (Anti-bacterial Protection Layer) is a revolutionary paint treatment applied to the most critical parts of our products. \u003cbr\u003eA microscope with APL will restrict the growth of microorganisms, including bacteria and mould","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670241186118,"sku":"BB.4260","price":539.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BB.4260.jpg?v=1730178695"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-bs-1152-pli-4n","title":"Binocular Microscope BS.1152-PLi\/4N","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex bScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003ebScope microscopes have been designed for intensive use in research in secondary schools, universities, small laboratories and veterinary applications. In addition to an excellent ergonomic design, these robust, competitively priced microscopes are available in several configurations with HWF10x\/20 mm eyepieces and objectives for brightfield and phase contrast.\u003cbr\u003e An ergonomic, flexible design, with features such as eyepieces with two observation heights, low-positioned focus knobs and stage controls, and an LED illumination system, helps to minimise fatigue during long working sessions and so provides greater comfort for microscopists. The compact size of the bScope and its power cable storage system allow more working space, safer transport and easy storage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the bScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003cbr\u003eHWF 10x \/ 20 mm wide-field eyepieces. Can be locked in place. On monocular models the eyepiece is supplied with a pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• The bScope is equipped with a monocular head (inclined at 45° and with an eyepiece tube of Ø 23.2 mm) or a Siedentopf-type head, rotatable through 360 °, inclined at 30 ° and with eyepiece tubes of Ø 23.2 mm \u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models are equipped with a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• The interpupillary distance is adjustable from 48 to 76 mm• The trinocular head comes with a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port, which ensures maximum flexibility. The internal prisms of the head are designed to minimise light absorption and obtain perfect digital images \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (377 mm). Only for IOS models\u003cbr\u003e• On page 4 you will find the technical details for models with an integrated camera\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple or quintuple inward-facing nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eThe latest-generation production techniques and multilayer coatings used to manufacture the bScope objectives allow the bScope to be used for the most demanding applications. Spherical aberration correction and modern CNC and assembly technology ensure perfect centring of the objectives \u003cbr\u003e• Brightfield models: E-Plan, Plan, infinity-corrected E-plan (IOS) and infinity-corrected Plan (IOS) plan achromatic objectives. Magnifications 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models: E-plan, infinity-corrected E-plan Phase (IOS) and infinity-corrected Plan phase (IOS) plan achromatic phase objectives. Magnifications 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable. All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focus knobs in a low position. Fine focus with 180 graduations. Precision 1.11 μm, 200 μm per rotation, total travel of approximately 19 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage height stop to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focus is equipped with tension adjustment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope is equipped with a scratch-resistant 152\/197 x 131 mm stage with an integrated rackless mechanical stage on the X axis and X-Y travel of 75 x 36 mm, with vernier, and a soft-closing, removable specimen holder. The rackless stage on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer to use. The low-position X-Y control knobs prevent fatigue during long working sessions. \u003cbr\u003eThe bScope can be fitted with an optional heating stage up to 50 ° Celsius by means of a PID temperature controller. Only available for new microscope units \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe N.A. 1.25 height-adjustable condenser for brightfield comes with an iris diaphragm and a rotating filter holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eThe Zernike condenser for phase contrast is height-adjustable. It consists of an N.A. 1.25 condenser, phase rings 10-20x \/ 40x and 100x, an iris diaphragm, a swing-out filter holder and also a BF position for brightfield observation. Optional phase contrast objectives in EPL-PH, EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSLIDER CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable N.A. 1.25 condenser with a slot for phase contrast sliders. The condenser has an iris diaphragm and a filter holder. Sliders with phase rings 10x\/40x or 20x\/100x. Optional phase contrast objectives in EPL-PH, EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISATION\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope has an integrated slot above the nosepiece for an optional polarising filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003ebScope microscopes are equipped with a NeoLED 3W illumination system with adjustable intensity. Integrated 100-240 VAC power supply. Optional rechargeable battery kit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKÖHLER ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eFor all bScope models with infinity-corrected objectives (IOS), the illumination system is Köhler NeoLED 3W. The Köhler system provides the highest possible contrast and the maximum achievable resolving power. It produces uniform illumination of the specimen and eliminates all interference from dust on the lenses and stray light from the light source\u003cbr\u003eKöhler illumination is optional for non-IOS models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCORDLESS USE\u003cbr\u003eThe optional rechargeable batteries turn the bScope into a cordless instrument\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCSS - CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eAllows users to easily store excess cable length at the back of the instrument during operation and to wind up the power cable for easy storage\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle integrated into the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eANTI-THEFT SLOT\u003cbr\u003eAt the back of the microscope there is a Kensington Security Slot, which can be used to protect the instrument against theft\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003eThe Smart Styrofoam packaging has a low environmental footprint while maintaining maximum safety during transport. Supplied with power cable, dust cover, tools, spare fuse, white filter, user manual and 5 ml of immersion oil. Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase alignment eyepiece. An optional aluminium case can be supplied","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670244364614,"sku":"BS.1152-PLi\/4N","price":856.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/BS.1152-PLi.4N.jpg?v=1792951333"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-bs-1152-pli","title":"Binocular Microscope BS.1152-PLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex bScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003ebScope microscopes have been designed for intensive use in research in secondary schools, universities, small laboratories and veterinary applications. In addition to an excellent ergonomic design, these robust, competitively priced microscopes are available in several configurations with HWF10x\/20 mm eyepieces and objectives for brightfield and phase contrast.\u003cbr\u003e An ergonomic and flexible design, with features such as eyepieces with two viewing heights, low-position focus knobs and stage controls, and an LED illumination system, helps minimise fatigue during long working sessions and so provides greater comfort for microscopists. The compact size of the bScope and the power cord storage system allow more workspace, safer transport and easier storage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the bScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003eHWF 10x \/ 20 mm high eyepoint widefield eyepieces. Can be locked in place. On monocular models the eyepiece is supplied with a pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• The bScope is equipped with a monocular head (inclined at 45° and with an eyepiece tube of Ø 23.2 mm) or a Siedentopf head, rotating 360°, inclined at 30° and with eyepiece tubes of Ø 23.2 mm \u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models are equipped with a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• The interpupillary distance is adjustable from 48 to 76 mm• The trinocular head comes with a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port, which ensures maximum flexibility. The internal prisms of the head are designed to minimise light absorption and obtain perfect digital images \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two viewing positions: high (431 mm) and low (377 mm). Only for IOS models\u003cbr\u003e• On page 4 you will find the technical details for models with an integrated camera\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple or quintuple inward-facing nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eThe latest-generation production techniques and multilayer coatings used in the manufacture of the bScope objectives make it possible to use the bScope for the most demanding applications. Spherical aberration correction and modern CNC and assembly technology ensure perfect centring of the objectives \u003cbr\u003e• Brightfield models: E-Plan, Plan, infinity-corrected E-plan (IOS) and infinity-corrected Plan (IOS) achromatic objectives. Magnifications 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models: E-plan achromatic phase objectives, infinity-corrected E-plan Phase (IOS) and infinity-corrected Plan phase (IOS). Magnifications 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are spring-loaded. All optics are treated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective coating to obtain maximum light performance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focus knobs in a low position. Fine focus with 180 graduations. Precision 1.11 μm, 200 μm per rotation, total travel of approximately 19 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage stop to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focus is equipped with tension adjustment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope is equipped with a scratch-resistant 152\/197 x 131 mm stage with an integrated rackless mechanical stage on the X axis and X-Y travel of 75 x 36 mm, with vernier, and a soft-closing, removable specimen holder. The rackless stage on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer to use. The low-position X-Y control knobs prevent fatigue during long working sessions. \u003cbr\u003eThe bScope can be fitted with an optional heating stage up to 50 °Celsius using a PID temperature controller. Only available for new microscope units \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe N.A. 1.25 height-adjustable condenser for brightfield comes with an iris diaphragm and a rotating filter holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eThe Zernike condenser for phase contrast is height-adjustable. It consists of an N.A. 1.25 condenser, phase rings 10-20x \/ 40x and 100x, iris diaphragm, a swing-out filter holder and also a BF position for brightfield observation. Optional phase contrast objectives in EPL-PH, EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSLIDER CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable N.A. 1.25 condenser with a slot for phase contrast sliders. The condenser has an iris diaphragm and filter holder. Sliders with phase rings 10x\/40x or 20x\/100x. Optional phase contrast objectives in EPL-PH, EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISATION\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope has an integrated slot above the nosepiece for an optional polarising filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003ebScope microscopes are equipped with a NeoLED 3W illumination system with adjustable intensity. Integrated 100-240 VAC power supply. Optional rechargeable battery kit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKÖHLER ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eFor all bScope models with infinity-corrected objectives (IOS) the illumination system is Köhler NeoLED 3W. The Köhler system provides the highest possible contrast and the maximum achievable resolving power. It generates uniform illumination of the specimen and eliminates all interference from dust on the lenses and side glare from the light source\u003cbr\u003eKöhler illumination is optional for non-IOS models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCORDLESS USE\u003cbr\u003eThe optional rechargeable batteries turn the bScope into a cordless instrument\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCSS - CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eAllows users to easily store excess cable length at the back of the instrument during operation and to wind up the power cord for easier storage\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle integrated into the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eANTI-THEFT SLOT\u003cbr\u003eOn the back of the microscope there is a Kensington Security Slot, which can be used to protect the instrument from theft\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003eThe Smart Styrofoam packaging has a low environmental footprint while maintaining maximum safety during transport. Supplied with power cord, dust cover, tools, spare fuse, white filter, user manual and 5 ml of immersion oil. Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase alignment eyepiece. An optional aluminium case can be supplied","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670245675334,"sku":"BS.1152-PLi","price":989.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BS.1152-PLi.jpg?v=1730179037"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-bs-1152-epli","title":"Binocular Microscope BS.1152-EPLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex bScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003ebScope microscopes have been designed for intensive use in research in secondary schools, universities, small laboratories and veterinary applications. In addition to an excellent ergonomic design, these robust, competitively priced microscopes are available in several configurations with HWF10x\/20 mm eyepieces and objectives for brightfield and phase contrast.\u003cbr\u003e An ergonomic and flexible design, with features such as eyepieces with two observation heights, low-position focus knobs and stage controls, and an LED illumination system, helps minimise fatigue during long working sessions and so provides greater comfort for microscopists. The compact size of the bScope and its power cable storage system allow more workspace, safer transport and easy storage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the bScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003cbr\u003eHWF 10x \/ 20 mm wide-field eyepieces. Can be locked in place. On monocular models the eyepiece is supplied with a pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• The bScope is equipped with a monocular head (inclined at 45° and with an eyepiece tube of Ø 23.2 mm) or a Siedentopf-type head, rotating 360 °, inclined at 30 ° and with eyepiece tubes of Ø 23.2 mm \u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models are equipped with a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• The interpupillary distance is adjustable from 48 to 76 mm• The trinocular head comes with a Ø 23,2 mm documentation port, which ensures maximum flexibility. The internal prisms of the head are designed to minimise light absorption and obtain perfect digital images \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (377 mm). Only for IOS models\u003cbr\u003e• On page 4 you will find the technical details for models with an integrated camera\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuadruple or quintuple nosepiece, facing inwards and mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eThe latest-generation production techniques and multilayer coatings used to manufacture the bScope objectives make it possible to use the bScope for the most demanding applications. Spherical aberration correction and modern CNC and assembly technology ensure perfect centring of the objectives \u003cbr\u003e• Brightfield models: E-Plan, Plan, infinity-corrected E-plan (IOS) and infinity-corrected Plan (IOS) achromatic objectives. Magnifications 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models: E-plan and infinity-corrected E-plan Phase (IOS) and infinity-corrected Plan phase (IOS) achromatic phase objectives. Magnifications 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable. All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoaxial coarse and fine focus knobs in a low position. Fine focus with 180 graduations. Precision 1.11 μm, 200 μm per rotation, total travel of approximately 19 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage height stop to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focus is equipped with tension adjustment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope is equipped with a scratch-resistant 152\/197 x 131 mm stage with an integrated rackless mechanical stage on the X axis and X-Y travel of 75 x 36 mm, with vernier, and a soft-closing, removable specimen holder. The rackless stage on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer to use. The low-position X-Y control knobs prevent fatigue during long working sessions. \u003cbr\u003eThe bScope can be fitted with an optional heating stage up to 50 ° Celsius by means of a PID temperature controller. Only available for new microscope units \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe N.A. 1.25 height-adjustable condenser for brightfield comes with an iris diaphragm and a rotating filter holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eThe Zernike condenser for phase contrast is height-adjustable. It consists of an N.A. 1.25 condenser, 10-20x \/ 40x and 100x phase rings, an iris diaphragm, a swing-out filter holder and also a BF position for brightfield observation. Optional phase contrast objectives in EPL-PH, EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH SLIDES FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable N.A. 1.25 condenser with a slot for phase contrast slides. The condenser has an iris diaphragm and a filter holder. Slides with 10x\/40x or 20x\/100x phase rings. Optional phase contrast objectives in EPL-PH, EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISATION\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope has an integrated slot above the nosepiece for an optional polarising filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003ebScope microscopes are equipped with a NeoLED 3W illumination system with adjustable intensity. Integrated 100-240 VAC power supply. Optional rechargeable battery kit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKÖHLER ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eFor all bScope models with infinity-corrected objectives (IOS) the illumination system is NeoLED 3W Köhler. The Köhler system provides the highest possible contrast and the maximum achievable resolving power. It produces uniform illumination of the specimen and eliminates all interference from dust on the lenses and side glare from the light source\u003cbr\u003eKöhler illumination is optional for non-IOS models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCORDLESS USE\u003cbr\u003eThe optional rechargeable batteries turn the bScope into a cordless instrument\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCSS - CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eAllows users to easily store excess cable length at the back of the instrument during operation and to wind up the power cable for easy storage\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle integrated into the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eANTI-THEFT SLOT\u003cbr\u003eAt the back of the microscope there is a Kensington Security Slot, which can be used to protect the instrument from theft\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003eThe Smart Styrofoam packaging has a low environmental footprint while maintaining maximum safety during transport. Supplied with power cable, dust cover, tools, spare fuse, white filter, user manual and 5 ml of immersion oil. Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase alignment eyepiece. An optional aluminium case can be supplied","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670245871942,"sku":"BS.1152-EPLi","price":798.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BS.1152-EPLi.jpg?v=1730179130"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-bs-1152-epl","title":"Binocular Microscope BS.1152-EPL","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex bScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003ebScope microscopes have been designed for intensive use in research in secondary schools, universities, small laboratories and veterinary applications. In addition to an excellent ergonomic design, these robust and competitively priced microscopes are available in several configurations with HWF10x\/20 mm eyepieces and objectives for brightfield and phase contrast.\u003cbr\u003e An ergonomic and flexible design, with features such as eyepieces with two viewing heights, low-position focus knobs and stage controls, and an LED illumination system, helps minimise fatigue during long working sessions and provides greater comfort for microscopists. The compact size of the bScope and its power cable storage system allow more working space, safer transport and easy storage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications bScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003eHWF 10x \/ 20 mm wide-field eyepieces. Can be locked in place. On monocular models the eyepiece is supplied with a pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• The bScope is equipped with a monocular head (inclined at 45° and with an eyepiece tube of Ø 23.2 mm) or a Siedentopf-type head, rotating 360 °, inclined at 30 ° and with eyepiece tubes of Ø 23.2 mm \u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models are equipped with a ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• The interpupillary distance is adjustable from 48 to 76 mm• The trinocular head comes with a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port, ensuring maximum flexibility. The internal prisms of the head are designed to minimise light absorption and obtain perfect digital images \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two viewing positions: high (431 mm) and low (377 mm). Only for IOS models\u003cbr\u003e• On page 4 you will find the technical details for models with integrated camera\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eInward-facing quadruple or quintuple nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003eThe latest-generation production techniques and multilayer coatings used in the manufacture of the bScope objectives allow the bScope to be used for the most demanding applications. Spherical aberration correction and modern CNC and assembly technology ensure perfect centring of the objectives \u003cbr\u003e• Brightfield models: E-Plan, Plan, E-plan infinity-corrected (IOS) and Plan infinity-corrected (IOS) achromatic objectives. Magnifications 4x \/ 0.10, 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65, S60x \/ 0.85 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models: E-plan achromatic phase objectives, E-plan Phase infinity-corrected (IOS) and Plan phase infinity-corrected (IOS). Magnifications 10x \/ 0.25, 20x \/ 0.40, S40x \/ 0.65 and S100x \/ 1.25 (oil immersion) The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are retractable. All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focus knobs on a coaxial axis in a low position. Fine focus with 180 graduations. Precision 1.11 μm, 200 μm per rotation, total travel of approximately 19 mm. Supplied with an adjustable stage stop to prevent damage to the specimen and the objectives. The coarse focus is equipped with tension adjustment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAGE\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope is equipped with a scratch-resistant 152\/197 x 131 mm stage with an integrated rackless mechanical stage on the X axis and X-Y travel of 75 x 36 mm, with vernier, and a soft-closing, removable specimen clip. The rackless stage on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer to use. The low-position X-Y control knobs prevent fatigue during long working sessions. \u003cbr\u003eThe bScope can be fitted with an optional heating stage up to 50 ° Celsius by means of a PID temperature controller. Only available for new microscope units \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe N.A. 1.25 height-adjustable condenser for brightfield comes with an iris diaphragm and a rotating filter holder\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eThe Zernike condenser for phase contrast is height-adjustable. It consists of an N.A. 1.25 condenser, phase rings 10-20x \/ 40x and 100x, an iris diaphragm, a swing-out filter holder and also a BF position for brightfield observation. Optional phase contrast objectives in EPL-PH, EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSLIDE-IN CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eHeight-adjustable N.A. 1.25 condenser with a slot for phase contrast slides. The condenser has an iris diaphragm and a filter holder. Slides with phase rings 10x\/40x or 20x\/100x. Optional phase contrast objectives in EPL-PH, EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with a telescopic eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePOLARISATION\u003cbr\u003eThe bScope has an integrated slot above the nosepiece for an optional polarising filter \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003ebScope microscopes are equipped with a NeoLED 3W illumination system with adjustable intensity. Integrated 100-240 VAC power supply. Optional rechargeable battery kit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKÖHLER ILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003eFor all bScope models with infinity-corrected objectives (IOS) the illumination system is Köhler NeoLED 3W. The Köhler system provides the highest possible contrast and the maximum achievable resolving power. It produces uniform illumination of the specimen and eliminates all interference from dust on the lenses and side glare from the light source\u003cbr\u003eKöhler illumination is optional for non-IOS models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCORDLESS USE\u003cbr\u003eThe optional rechargeable batteries turn the bScope into a cordless instrument\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCSS - CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003eAllows users to easily store excess cable length at the back of the instrument during operation and to wind up the power cable for easy storage\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCARRYING HANDLE\u003cbr\u003eThe carrying handle integrated into the back of the microscope ensures safe transport of the microscope\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eANTI-THEFT SLOT\u003cbr\u003eOn the back of the microscope there is a Kensington Security Slot, which can be used to protect the instrument from theft\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003eThe Smart Styrofoam packaging has a low environmental footprint while maintaining maximum safety during transport. Supplied with power cable, dust cover, tools, spare fuse, white filter, user manual and 5 ml of immersion oil. Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase alignment eyepiece. An optional aluminium case can be supplied","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670249607494,"sku":"BS.1152-EPL","price":681.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-BS.1152-EPL.jpg?v=1730179190"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-2-usuarios-is-1154-epli","title":"Binocular Microscope 2 Users IS.1154-EPLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in colleges and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For training purposes, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eiScope Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for IOS plan and plan phase infinity-corrected systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf-design binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100: 0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan finite-corrected models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35 ° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDUAL FRONT HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a dual front head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the dual front head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\r \u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The dual front head system is equipped with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope allows a multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is equipped with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30 ° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple reverse nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• 156 x 138 mm mechanical stage with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel\u003cbr\u003e• 187\/230 x 140 mm mechanical stage with rackless X axis and 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel. The iScope® rackless X-axis stage has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• 220 x 157 mm ceramic mechanical stage with 75 x 50 mm X\/Y travel. The surface of this stage ensures high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with PID temperature controller. It is only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask us if you need other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) plan phase contrast objectives and a slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) plan phase contrast objectives and a slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase centring eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe-type condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with iris diaphragm, has a slot that allows optional sliders to be fitted. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes telescopic phase centring eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope offers models that are supplied with a cardioid-type mirror oil immersion condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images with the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per turn of\r the fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and internal\r 100-240 VAC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce higher-resolution images, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low power consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi phase contrast infinity-corrected optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps avoid unnecessary loss of energy. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle that allows the microscope to be carried comfortably \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670254784838,"sku":"IS.1154-EPLi","price":3597.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1154-EPLi.jpg?v=1730179407"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-2-usuarios-is-1154-pli","title":"Binocular Microscope for 2 Users IS.1154-PLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For training, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the iScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for IOS plan and plan phase infinity-corrected systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular Siedentopf head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100: 0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan finite-corrected models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system allowing two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is equipped with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope supports the multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is equipped with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is equipped with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 156 x 138 mm with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 187\/230 x 140 mm with rackless X axis and X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm. The iScope® rackless X-axis stage has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• Ceramic mechanical stage of 220 x 157 mm with X\/Y travel of 75 x 50 mm. The surface of this stage ensures high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with PID temperature controller. It is only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) plan phase contrast objectives and a slider with the 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) plan phase contrast objectives and a slider with the 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for the iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a phase centring telescope eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with iris diaphragm, has a slot for fitting optional sliders. We offer a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes phase centring telescope eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope range includes models supplied with an oil immersion cardioid mirror condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images with the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per revolution of the\r fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the high-magnification\r objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By means of a 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and internal\r 100-240 VAC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce images with higher resolution, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi phase contrast infinity-corrected optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • The iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for comfortable transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and telescope eyepiece\r for alignment \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670256456006,"sku":"IS.1154-PLi","price":3740.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1154-PLi.jpg?v=1730179437"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-9-usuarios-is-1156-pli9","title":"Binocular Microscope for 9 Users IS.1156-PLi9","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For training, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the iScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for infinity-corrected IOS plan and plan phase systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf-design binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected Plan models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100: 0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the finite-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\r \u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is fitted with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope supports the multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is fitted with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• 156 x 138 mm mechanical stage with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm\u003cbr\u003e• 187\/230 x 140 mm mechanical stage with no rack on the X axis and with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm. The iScope® stage with no rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• 220 x 157 mm ceramic mechanical stage with X\/Y travel of 75 x 50 mm. The surface of this stage ensures high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with a PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please contact us if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and phase contrast plan objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) phase contrast plan objectives, and a slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) phase contrast plan objectives, and a slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for the iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase centring eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe-type condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with an iris diaphragm, has a slot that allows optional sliders to be fitted. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes a telescopic phase centring eyepiece and a green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope range includes models supplied with a cardioid-type mirror oil immersion condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images using the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per revolution of the\r fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the high-magnification\r objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• Via 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and internal\r 100-240 VAC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce higher-resolution images, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi phase contrast infinity-corrected optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for easy transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, protective cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670256554310,"sku":"IS.1156-PLi9","price":16518.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1156-PLi9.jpg?v=1730179467"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-5-usuarios-is-1156-pli5","title":"Binocular Microscope 5 Users IS.1156-PLi5","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For training, iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eiScope Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for IOS plan and plan phase infinity corrected systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf design binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100: 0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan finite corrected models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system allowing two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is equipped with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope allows a multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is equipped with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the field of view of all heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) infinity corrected plan objectives \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 156 x 138 mm with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 187\/230 x 140 mm without rack on the X axis and with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm. The iScope® stage without rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• Ceramic mechanical stage of 220 x 157 mm with X\/Y travel of 75 x 50 mm. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with a PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) plan phase contrast objectives and a slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) plan phase contrast objectives and a slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a phase centring telescope eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe type condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable and with iris diaphragm, has a slot that allows optional sliders to be fitted. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes phase centring telescope eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope range includes models supplied with a cardioid mirror oil immersion condenser, with internal illumination by 5 W NeoLED™ and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images with the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per revolution of the\r fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the high magnification\r objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and internal\r 100-240 VAC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to generate higher resolution images, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity corrected optics and PLPHi phase contrast infinity corrected optics) offers high contrast and maximum performance from the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for comfortable transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include the S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and telescope\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670257865030,"sku":"IS.1156-PLi5","price":8796.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1156-PLi5.jpg?v=1730179501"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-3-usuarios-is-1156-pli3","title":"Binocular Microscope for 3 Users IS.1156-PLi3","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For teaching, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the iScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for infinity-corrected IOS plan and plan phase systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected Plan models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100:0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the finite-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, 48-75 mm interpupillary distance and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is fitted with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope allows a multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is fitted with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the whole field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple reversed nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 156 x 138 mm with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 187\/230 x 140 mm without rack on the X axis and with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm. The iScope® stage without rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• Ceramic mechanical stage of 220 x 157 mm with X\/Y travel of 75 x 50 mm. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with a PID temperature controller. It is only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of plan phase contrast objectives 10x and S40x (retractable), and a slider with the 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of plan phase contrast objectives 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion), and a slider with the 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160 mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a phase centring telescope eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with an iris diaphragm, has a slot for fitting optional sliders. We offer a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes phase centring telescope eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope offers models supplied with an oil immersion cardioid mirror condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images in darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per revolution of\r the fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By means of dimmable 3 W NeoLED with internal\r 100-240 Vac power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce images with higher resolution, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi phase contrast infinity-corrected optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for easy transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include the S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescope eyepiece\r for alignment \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670258716998,"sku":"IS.1156-PLi3","price":6184.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1156-PLi3.jpg?v=1730179531"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-2-usuarios-is-1156-pli2","title":"Binocular Microscope for 2 Users IS.1156-PLi2","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For teaching, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eiScope Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for infinity-corrected IOS plan and plan phase systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected Plan models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100:0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the finite-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual-head system\u003cbr\u003e• The Ø 30 mm tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual-head system is equipped with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope supports the multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is equipped with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is equipped with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 156 x 138 mm with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 187\/230 x 140 mm without rack on the X axis and with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm. The iScope® stage without rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• Ceramic mechanical stage of 220 x 157 mm with X\/Y travel of 75 x 50 mm. The surface of this stage ensures high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of plan phase contrast objectives 10x and S40x (retractable), and a slider with the 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of plan phase contrast objectives 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion), and a slider with the 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for the iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase centring eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with iris diaphragm, has a slot for fitting optional sliders. The following are available: a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes a telescopic phase centring eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope range includes models supplied with an oil immersion cardioid mirror condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm, for quality images using the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per revolution of\r the fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• Using a 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and an internal\r 100-240 VAC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce images with higher resolution, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi infinity-corrected phase contrast optics) offers high contrast and maximum performance in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• There is also a handle at the back of the stand for convenient transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670259634502,"sku":"IS.1156-PLi2","price":5199.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1156-PLi2.jpg?v=1730179560"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-is-1152-pli-slc","title":"Binocular Microscope IS.1152-PLi\/SLC","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in colleges and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For teaching, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eiScope Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for IOS plan and plan phase infinity-corrected systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf-design binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100: 0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan finite-corrected models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\r \u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is fitted with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope allows a multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is fitted with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the whole field of view of all heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple reverse-position objective nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• 156 x 138 mm mechanical stage with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel\u003cbr\u003e• 187\/230 x 140 mm mechanical stage without rack on the X axis and with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel. The iScope® stage without rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• 220 x 157 mm ceramic mechanical stage with 75 x 50 mm X\/Y travel. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) plan phase contrast objectives, and one slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) plan phase contrast objectives, and one slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase centring eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe type condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with iris diaphragm, has a slot for fitting optional sliders. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes a telescopic phase centring eyepiece and a green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope range includes models supplied with a mirror-type cardioid oil immersion condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images with the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per revolution of the\r fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• Using 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and internal\r 100-240 VAC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce higher resolution images, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi phase contrast infinity-corrected optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for convenient transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670259962182,"sku":"IS.1152-PLi\/SLC","price":1591.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1152-PLi.SLC.jpg?v=1730179627"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-is-1152-epli-slc","title":"Binocular Microscope IS.1152-EPLi\/SLC","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For teaching, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eiScope Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable diopter on the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable diopter on both eyepiece holders for IOS plan and plan phase infinity-corrected systems, and adjustable diopter on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf-design binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100: 0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 diopter adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 diopter adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan finite-corrected models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 diopter adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo accessory with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube accessory, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one diopter adjustment, the second head has two diopter adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is fitted with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope allows a multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central accessory is fitted with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the whole field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) infinity-corrected plan objectives \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• 156 x 138 mm mechanical stage with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel\u003cbr\u003e• 187\/230 x 140 mm mechanical stage without rack on the X axis and with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel. The iScope® stage without rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• 220 x 157 mm ceramic mechanical stage with 75 x 50 mm X\/Y travel. The surface of this stage ensures high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with a PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and phase contrast plan objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) phase contrast plan objectives, and a slider with the 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) phase contrast plan objectives, and a slider with the 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for the iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a phase centring telescope eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with iris diaphragm, has a slot that allows optional sliders to be fitted. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes phase centring telescope eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope range includes models supplied with a mirror-type cardioid oil immersion condenser, with internal illumination by a 5 W NeoLED™ and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images with the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per turn of the\r fine focus knob (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By dimmable 3 W NeoLED with internal\r 100-240 VAC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce higher-resolution images, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi phase contrast infinity-corrected optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary loss of energy. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• There is also a handle at the back of the stand for convenient transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and telescope\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670260420934,"sku":"IS.1152-EPLi\/SLC","price":1252.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1152-EPLi.SLC.jpg?v=1730179687"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-is-1152-plphi","title":"Binocular Microscope IS.1152-PLPHi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For training, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications iScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for infinity-corrected IOS plan and plan phase systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf design binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected Plan models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100:0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the finite-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\r • The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is fitted with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope supports the multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is fitted with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• 156 x 138 mm mechanical stage with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel\u003cbr\u003e• 187\/230 x 140 mm mechanical stage without rack on the X axis and with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel. The iScope® stage without rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• 220 x 157 mm ceramic mechanical stage with 75 x 50 mm X\/Y travel. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with a PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you need other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) plan phase contrast objectives and a slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) plan phase contrast objectives and a slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a phase centring telescope eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe type condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable and with iris diaphragm, has a slot that allows optional sliders to be fitted. We offer a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes phase centring telescope eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope offers models supplied with an oil immersion cardioid mirror-type condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images with the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per revolution of the\r fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By means of a 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and internal power supply\r 100-240 VAC\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the iScope microscope's optical system to generate images with higher resolution, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi infinity-corrected phase contrast optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for comfortable transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and telescope alignment\r eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670261731654,"sku":"IS.1152-PLPHi","price":2046.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1152-PLPHi.jpg?v=1730179752"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-is-1152-pli","title":"Binocular Microscope IS.1152-PLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For training, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the iScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for infinity-corrected IOS plan and plan phase systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular Siedentopf head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100:0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan finite-corrected models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is equipped with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope allows a multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is equipped with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is equipped with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple reverse nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• 156 x 138 mm mechanical stage with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel\u003cbr\u003e• 187\/230 x 140 mm mechanical stage with no rack on the X axis and with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel. The iScope® stage with no rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• 220 x 157 mm ceramic mechanical stage with 75 x 50 mm X\/Y travel. The surface of this stage ensures great scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with a PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and phase contrast plan objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) phase contrast plan objectives and a slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) phase contrast plan objectives and a slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for the iScope 160mm and infinity IOS versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a phase centring telescope eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with an iris diaphragm, has a slot that allows optional sliders to be fitted. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes a phase centring telescope eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope range includes models supplied with a cardioid mirror oil immersion condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images with the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per revolution of the\r fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By means of a 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and an internal\r 100-240 V AC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce higher-resolution images, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low power consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi infinity-corrected phase contrast optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• There is also a handle at the back of the stand for comfortable transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and alignment telescope eyepiece\r \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670262845766,"sku":"IS.1152-PLi","price":1214.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1152-PLi.jpg?v=1730179811"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-is-1152-epli","title":"Binocular Microscope IS.1152-EPLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For teaching, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the iScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for IOS plan and plan phase infinity-corrected systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf-design binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100: 0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan finite-corrected models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard\r Ø 23.2 mm tube (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\r \u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is equipped with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope supports the multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is equipped with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the whole field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is equipped with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• 156 x 138 mm mechanical stage with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel\u003cbr\u003e• 187\/230 x 140 mm mechanical stage with no rack on the X axis and with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel. The iScope® stage with no rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• 220 x 157 mm ceramic mechanical stage with 75 x 50 mm X\/Y travel. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with a PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) plan phase contrast objectives, and a slider with the 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) plan phase contrast objectives, and a slider with the 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a centring telescope eyepiece for phase alignment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe-type condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with an iris diaphragm, has a slot for optional sliders. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes a centring telescope eyepiece for phase alignment and a green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope range includes models supplied with a mirror-type cardioid oil immersion condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm, to obtain quality images with the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per turn of the\r fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By means of a 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and an internal power supply\r 100-240 VAC\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce higher-resolution images, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi infinity-corrected phase contrast optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user leaves the front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for comfortable transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and an alignment telescope\r eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670265270598,"sku":"IS.1152-EPLi","price":1121.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1152-EPLi.jpg?v=1730179876"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-ergonomico-is-1159-plphi","title":"Ergonomic Binocular Microscope IS.1159-PLPHi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For teaching, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eiScope Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece tube for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece tubes for IOS plan and plan phase infinity-corrected systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece tube for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular Siedentopf head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100:0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan finite-corrected models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual-head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\r • The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual-head system is fitted with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope supports a multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is fitted with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the whole field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• 156 x 138 mm mechanical stage with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel\u003cbr\u003e• 187\/230 x 140 mm mechanical stage without rack on the X axis and with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel. The iScope® stage without rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• 220 x 157 mm ceramic mechanical stage with 75 x 50 mm X\/Y travel. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and phase contrast plan objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) phase contrast plan objectives and a slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) phase contrast plan objectives and a slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a telescope eyepiece for phase centring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe-type condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable and with iris diaphragm, has a slot for fitting optional sliders. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes a telescope eyepiece for phase centring and a green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope range includes models supplied with an oil immersion cardioid mirror condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images with the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per turn of the\r fine focus knob (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By means of a 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and with an\r internal 100-240 VAC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers larger numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce higher resolution images, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low power consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard in models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi phase contrast infinity-corrected optics) provides high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle that allows the microscope to be carried comfortably \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (in models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescope\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670265368902,"sku":"IS.1159-PLPHi","price":2832.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1159-PLPHi.jpg?v=1730179906"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-ergonomico-is-1158-plphi","title":"Ergonomic Binocular Microscope IS.1158-PLPHi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in colleges and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For teaching, iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eiScope Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptres in the left eyepiece tube for finite corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptres in both eyepiece tubes for IOS plan and plan phase infinity corrected systems, and adjustable dioptres in the left eyepiece tube for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf design binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100:0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment in both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment in the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan finite corrected models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment in the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo accessory with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and a phototube accessory, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is fitted with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope allows a multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central accessory is fitted with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) infinity corrected plan objectives \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple reverse nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• 156 x 138 mm mechanical stage with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel\u003cbr\u003e• 187\/230 x 140 mm mechanical stage without rack on the X axis and with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel. The iScope® stage without rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• 220 x 157 mm ceramic mechanical stage with 75 x 50 mm X\/Y travel. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) plan phase contrast objectives, and a slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) plan phase contrast objectives, and a slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase centring eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable and with an iris diaphragm, has a slot that allows optional sliders to be fitted. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes telescopic phase centring eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope model includes models supplied with an oil immersion cardioid mirror condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images using the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per turn of the\r fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and internal power supply\r 100-240 VAC\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce higher resolution images, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low power consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity corrected optics and PLPHi phase contrast infinity corrected optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor prevents unnecessary loss of energy. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for convenient transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670265499974,"sku":"IS.1158-PLPHi","price":2562.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1158-PLPHi.jpg?v=1730179936"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-ergonomico-is-1159-pli","title":"Ergonomic Binocular Microscope IS.1159-PLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in colleges and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For teaching, iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eiScope Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptres in the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptres in both eyepiece holders for IOS plan and plan phase infinity-corrected systems, and adjustable dioptres in the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100: 0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan finite-corrected models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm.) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35 ° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, 48-75 mm interpupillary distance and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is fitted with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope supports the multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is fitted with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30 ° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple reverse-position nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• 156 x 138 mm mechanical stage with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel\u003cbr\u003e• 187\/230 x 140 mm mechanical stage with no rack on the X axis and with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel. The iScope® stage with no rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• 220 x 157 mm ceramic mechanical stage with 75 x 50 mm X\/Y travel. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you need other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) plan phase contrast objectives, and a slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) plan phase contrast objectives, and a slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase centring eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe type condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with iris diaphragm, has a slot that allows optional sliders to be fitted. We offer a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes a telescopic phase centring eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope range includes models supplied with a cardioid-type mirror oil immersion condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images using the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per turn of the\r fine focus (0.2 mm.). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• Using 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and internal\r 100-240 VAC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers larger numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce higher resolution images, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi phase contrast infinity-corrected optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps prevent unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for comfortable transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include the S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670265696582,"sku":"IS.1159-PLi","price":2062.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1159-PLi.jpg?v=1730179966"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-ergonomico-is-1158-pli","title":"Ergonomic Binocular Microscope IS.1158-PLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope: a masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For training, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eiScope Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for IOS plan and plan phase infinity-corrected systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf-design binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100: 0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan finite-corrected models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23,2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm.) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35 ° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and a phototube attachment, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\r \u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is fitted with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope supports the multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is fitted with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30 ° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple reversed objective nosepiece mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• 156 x 138 mm mechanical stage with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel\u003cbr\u003e• 187\/230 x 140 mm mechanical stage without rack on the X axis and with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel. The iScope® stage without rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• 220 x 157 mm ceramic mechanical stage with 75 x 50 mm X\/Y travel. The surface of this stage ensures high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with PID temperature controller. It is only supplied with new units of the product. Please contact us if you need other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) plan phase contrast objectives, and a slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) plan phase contrast objectives, and a slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase centring eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with iris diaphragm, has a slot that allows optional sliders to be fitted. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes a telescopic phase centring eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope offers models supplied with an oil immersion cardioid mirror condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images with the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per turn of the\r fine focus (0.2 mm.). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By means of a 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and internal\r 100-240 Vac power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce images with higher resolution, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi phase contrast infinity-corrected optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for convenient transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670266122566,"sku":"IS.1158-PLi","price":1797.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1158-PLi.jpg?v=1730180000"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-ergonomico-is-1159-epli","title":"Ergonomic Binocular Microscope IS.1159-EPLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For training, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the iScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for IOS plan and plan phase infinity-corrected systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Binocular and trinocular Siedentopf head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100:0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan finite-corrected models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two viewing positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\r • The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is equipped with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope supports a multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is equipped with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the field of view of all heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 156 x 138 mm and with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Mechanical stage of 187\/230 x 140 mm without rack on the X axis and with X\/Y travel of 79 x 52 mm. The iScope® stage without rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• Ceramic mechanical stage of 220 x 157 mm with X\/Y travel of 75 x 50 mm. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with a PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please feel free to ask if you need other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) plan phase contrast objectives, and a slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) plan phase contrast objectives, and a slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase centring eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with an iris diaphragm, has a slot that allows optional sliders to be fitted. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes a telescopic phase centring eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope has models supplied with a cardioid mirror oil immersion condenser, with internal illumination by a 5 W NeoLED™ and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images using the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per revolution of\r the fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and internal power supply\r 100-240 VAC\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce images with higher resolution, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi phase contrast infinity-corrected optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps to avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for convenient transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670266220870,"sku":"IS.1159-EPLi","price":1923.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1159-EPLi.jpg?v=1730180030"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-ergonomico-is-1158-epli","title":"Ergonomic Binocular Microscope IS.1158-EPLi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For teaching, iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eiScope Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for infinity-corrected IOS plan and phase plan systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf design binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected Plan models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100:0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the finite-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo accessory with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube accessory, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\r \u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is fitted with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope allows a multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central accessory is fitted with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and infinity-corrected IOS plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is fitted with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• 156 x 138 mm mechanical stage with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel\u003cbr\u003e• 187\/230 x 140 mm mechanical stage without X-axis rack and with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel. The iScope® stage without X-axis rack has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• 220 x 157 mm ceramic mechanical stage with 75 x 50 mm X\/Y travel. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe N.A. 1.25 condenser with phase contrast sliders and phase contrast plan objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) phase contrast plan objectives and a slider with the 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) phase contrast plan objectives and a slider with the 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for iScope 160mm and infinity IOS versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a phase centring telescope eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe N.A. 1.25 condenser, height-adjustable and with an iris diaphragm, has a slot that allows optional sliders to be fitted. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike N.A. 1.25 condenser mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes phase centring telescope eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope has models supplied with an oil immersion cardioid mirror condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images with the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per turn of\r the fine focus knob (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and high-magnification\r objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By means of a dimmable 3 W NeoLED with internal\r 100-240 VAC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the iScope microscope's optical system to produce higher resolution images, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low energy consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi infinity-corrected phase contrast optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for comfortable transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and telescope\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670266384710,"sku":"IS.1158-EPLi","price":1655.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1158-EPLi.jpg?v=1730180060"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-is-1152-plph","title":"Binocular Microscope IS.1152-PLPH","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For teaching, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications of the iScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre in the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre in both eyepiece holders for IOS plan and plan phase infinity-corrected systems, and adjustable dioptre in the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf-design binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100:0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity-corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the E-Plan finite-corrected models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, 48-75 mm interpupillary distance and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use the reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use the reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual-head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\r • The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual-head system is equipped with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope allows a multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is equipped with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the whole field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is equipped with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• 156 x 138 mm mechanical stage with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel\u003cbr\u003e• 187\/230 x 140 mm mechanical stage without rack on the X axis and with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel. The iScope® stage without rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• 220 x 157 mm ceramic mechanical stage with 75 x 50 mm X\/Y travel. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you require other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) plan phase contrast objectives and a slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) plan phase contrast objectives and a slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for the iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase centring eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height-adjustable and with iris diaphragm, has a slot for fitting optional sliders. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes telescopic phase centring eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope offers models supplied with an oil immersion cardioid mirror condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images using the darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per turn of the\r fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the high-magnification\r objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By means of a dimmable 3 W NeoLED with internal\r 100-240 VAC power supply\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers larger numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce higher-resolution images, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low power consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi phase contrast infinity-corrected optics) offers high contrast and maximum power in the resolution of the optics. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for comfortable transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include the S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic alignment\r eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670270513478,"sku":"IS.1152-PLPH","price":1537.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1152-PLPH.jpg?v=1730180127"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-is-1152-epl","title":"Binocular Microscope IS.1152-EPL","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex iScope Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eiScope - A masterpiece of microscopy\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope is available in several configurations suitable for routine observations in Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, in secondary schools and universities\u003cbr\u003eIn addition to the brightfield observation method, the iScope offers solutions for phase contrast, polarisation, darkfield up to 400x, darkfield with cardioid condenser (1000x) and epi-fluorescence observation. For training, the iScope is also available in multi-head models\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications iScope Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 20 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for finite-corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e• EWF10x wide-field plan eyepiece with a 22 mm field of view and adjustable dioptre on both eyepiece holders for infinity-corrected IOS plan and plan phase systems, and adjustable dioptre on the left eyepiece holder for EPLi systems (Ø 30.0 mm tube)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e• Siedentopf-design binocular and trinocular head with eyepiece tubes inclined at 30°. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 76 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected Plan models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100:0 \/ 50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on both Ø 30 mm eyepiece tubes \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the infinity-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 30 mm eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head of the finite-corrected E-Plan models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed optical path (50:50) and ± 5 dioptre adjustment on the left Ø 23.2 mm eyepiece tube \u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic butterfly-type head rotation system that allows two observation positions: high (431 mm) and low (397 mm) \u003cbr\u003e• The trinocular head has a Ø 23.2 mm documentation port \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eERGONOMIC HEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r Optional ergonomic tilting head from 5 to 35° with EWF10x \/ 22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance of 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube\r (only for infinity-corrected models). To order an iScope® with a tilting head, use reference IS.1158-xxx. To order an iScope® with a tilting head and phototube attachment, use reference IS.1159-xxx\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFRONT DUAL HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope microscope can also be supplied with a front dual head system\u003cbr\u003e• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the front dual head are fitted with EWF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e• The main binocular head has one dioptre adjustment, the second head has two dioptre adjustments\u003cbr\u003e• Only available for the model with infinity-corrected plan objectives (IS.1154-PLi)\u003cbr\u003e• The front dual head system is equipped with a 2-colour laser pointer \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMULTI-HEAD SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e• The iScope® microscope allows a multi-head system for 2, 3, 5 or 9 heads for simultaneous observation of the specimen • The central attachment is equipped with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all the heads \u003cbr\u003e• Configurations with one, two, four and eight additional binocular viewing heads, tubes inclined at 30° and IOS infinity-corrected plan objectives 4x, 10x, S40x and S100x (oil immersion) \u003cbr\u003e• Each additional head is equipped with EWF 10x\/22 mm eyepieces (Model references: IS.1156-PLi-n, n = total number of heads)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003eQuintuple nosepiece in reverse position, mounted on high-precision ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAVAILABLE STAGES\u003cbr\u003eThe iScope® can be fitted with three types of stage (designed for 2 slides):\u003cbr\u003e• 156 x 138 mm mechanical stage with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel\u003cbr\u003e• 187\/230 x 140 mm mechanical stage without rack on the X axis and with 79 x 52 mm X\/Y travel. The iScope® stage without rack on the X axis has no protruding parts, allows smoother movements and is safer \u003cbr\u003e• 220 x 157 mm ceramic mechanical stage with 75 x 50 mm X\/Y travel. The surface of this stage guarantees high scratch resistance. The surface also ensures that stray light is not reflected from the stage towards the objective. The iScope microscope can be supplied with a heating stage up to 50°C with PID temperature controller. Only supplied with new units of the product. Please ask if you need other temperature ranges \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDERS\u003cbr\u003eThere are two versions of the Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version consists of 10x and S40x (retractable) plan phase contrast objectives, and a slider with 10x and 40x phase rings \u003cbr\u003eThe second version consists of 20x and S100x (retractable\/oil immersion) plan phase contrast objectives, and a slider with 20x and 100x phase rings. Available for the iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions. All sets are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic phase centring eyepiece\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBRIGHTFIELD CONDENSER\u003cbr\u003eThe standard Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable and with iris diaphragm, has a slot for fitting optional sliders. We have a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 10x and 40x phase objectives, a phase contrast slider with phase rings for 20x and 100x phase objectives, and a darkfield slider (maximum 400x) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST\u003cbr\u003eA Zernike condenser N.A. 1.25 mounted on a rotating turret with 5 positions: phase ring for 10x\/20x phase objectives, phase ring for 40x phase objective, phase ring for 100x phase objective, darkfield position (maximum 400x) and brightfield position. Includes telescopic phase centring eyepiece and green filter\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDARKFIELD CONDENSER \u003cbr\u003eThe iScope range includes models supplied with an oil immersion cardioid mirror condenser, with internal 5 W NeoLED™ illumination and an S100x oil immersion objective with integrated iris diaphragm to obtain quality images in darkfield technique at 1000x\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFOCUSING\u003cbr\u003eCoarse and fine focusing with 1 μm precision, 200 graduations per revolution of\r the fine focus (0.2 mm). Total travel of approximately 24 mm. With a safety system to limit the stage height and protect the specimen and the\r high-magnification objectives. With focus tension adjustment \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• By means of 3 W NeoLED with adjustable intensity and internal power supply\r 100-240 VAC\u003cbr\u003e• The innovative NeoLED design offers higher numerical apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce images with higher resolution, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED design are low power consumption, no heat generation and a long operating life \u003cbr\u003e• Köhler illumination (included as standard on models with PLi infinity-corrected optics and PLPHi infinity-corrected phase contrast optics) offers high contrast and maximum optical resolution. It is also available as an option for other models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\r ICARE SENSOR\u003cbr\u003eThis sensor helps avoid unnecessary energy loss. The microscope illumination switches off automatically shortly after the user is no longer in front of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCABLE STORAGE SYSTEM - CSS • iScope® microscopes allow the user to store the power cable at the back of the stand \u003cbr\u003e• At the back of the stand there is also a handle for comfortable transport of the microscope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with power cable, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual, 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models that include an S100x objective) \u003cbr\u003e• Phase contrast models are supplied with a green filter and a telescopic\r alignment eyepiece \u003cbr\u003e• Polystyrene case","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670277329222,"sku":"IS.1152-EPL","price":993.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-IS.1152-EPL.jpg?v=1730180190"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-ecoblue-ec-1602-p-hled","title":"Binocular Microscope EcoBlue EC.1602-P-HLED","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEcoBlue Binocular Microscope x600\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• WF 10x\/18 mm wide-field eyepiece with pointer\u003cbr\u003e• The eyepieces of binocular and trinocular models are supplied without a pointer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• 45º inclination on models with a monocular head\u003cbr\u003e• 30º inclination on binocular and trinocular models\u003cbr\u003e• Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm\u003cbr\u003e• All binocular and trinocular models have ± 5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece holder\u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate through 360°\u003cbr\u003e• Models with integrated USB-2 digital camera are supplied with a 1\/2” CMOS sensor camera, 5.0 MP (resolution 2560 x 1920 pixels)\u003cbr\u003e• EcoBlue models can be supplied with an optional discussion head\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Quadruple nosepiece mounted on ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with a removable analyser\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOBJECTIVES - 45 MM PARFOCAL\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e• Achromatic objectives 4x\/0.10, 10x\/0.25, S40x\/0.65 and S100x\/1.25\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• The S40x, S60x and S100x\/oil immersion objectives are retractable\u003cbr\u003e• HLED-S polarising models are equipped with semi-plan objectives\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eAll optics have an anti-fungus coating and a multi-layer coating for greater light transmission\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e(Photo: EC.7004, EC.7010, EC.7020, EC.7040, EC.7060, EC.7000)\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cimg title=\"EC.7004_7010_7020_7040_7060_7000\" alt=\"EC.7004_7010_7020_7040_7060_7000\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/EC.7004_7010_7020_7040_7060_7000.jpg\"\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOCUSING SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Coaxial coarse and fine focusing, fine focus with 200 divisions, 12.5 µm per division, 2.5 mm per rotation, total travel of approximately 15 mm\u003cbr\u003e• With stage height limit adjustment to protect the specimen and the objectives\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSTAGES\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• 123 x 119 mm flat stage with two specimen clips (optional EC.9500 mechanical stage with X-Y travel of 51 x 26 mm)\u003cbr\u003e• 123 x 128 mm mechanical stage with X-Y travel of 70 x 27 mm\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with a circular stage, rotatable through 360º, with two specimen clips\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable, with iris diaphragm and filter holder ring\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Polarising models have a rack and pinion system for adjusting the condenser height; on all other models the adjustment is by screw thread\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eILLUMINATION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg title=\"NeoLED-combined\" alt=\"NeoLED-combined\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/NeoLED-combined.jpg\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Monocular models are supplied with adjustable 1 W LED illumination\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models are supplied with adjustable 1 W NeoLED™ illumination, which increases light intensity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Models without an X-Y mechanical stage are supplied with an integrated 100-240 V power supply, without rechargeable batteries\u003cbr\u003e• Models with an integrated X-Y mechanical stage are supplied with rechargeable batteries and an external 100-240 V power supply\/charger\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for accurate colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum). With an integrated 100-240 V power supply, without batteries\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003eDIGITAL MODELS\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCAMERA\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• All digital EcoBlue models are equipped with a 5.0 MP CMOS USB-2 camera\u003cbr\u003e• Maximum resolution of 2560 x 1920, 24-bit colour depth, more than 30 frames\/second\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with ImageFocus Plus software, USB-2 cable and 1mm\/100 calibration slide\u003cbr\u003e• 2-year warranty on the camera\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSOFTWARE\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• The ImageFocus Plus image capture and analysis software allows images to be saved in .jpg, .tif, .bmp or .dicom formats\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with ImageFocus Plus for capturing images and videos\u003cbr\u003e• This software also offers a complete range of analysis tools, such as measurements on still and live images and annotations on captured images\u003cbr\u003e• Saves images in .jpg, .tif, .bmp or .dicom format, saves videos in .avi format\u003cbr\u003e• Images can be annotated and measurements can be taken on live or captured images\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Compatible with Windows 7, 8, 10 and 11, 32-bit and 64-bit configurations\u003cbr\u003e• A Mac OS Light version for capturing images is also available\u003cbr\u003e• Updates can be downloaded from our website\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.euromex.com\/\"\u003ewww.euromex.com\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.euromex.com\/\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eANTI-THEFT SLOT\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eAt the back of the microscope there is a Kensington security slot that can be used to secure the instrument against theft\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSTORAGE AND TRANSPORT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg title=\"AE.9918_EC\" alt=\"AE.9918_EC\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/images-S\/AE.9918_EC.png\"\u003e\u003cimg title=\"AE.9912\" alt=\"AE.9912\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/images-S\/AE.9912.png\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eFrom left to right: AE.9918 - AE.9912\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s3\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Supplied with power cable or power supply\/charger, white filter, dust cover, fuse, instruction manual and a 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models with a 100x objective)\u003cbr\u003e• EcoBlue models with an external mains adapter and X-Y stage (EC.1x5x) are supplied with three rechargeable AA batteries\u003cbr\u003e• All models are supplied in a polystyrene box\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670331232582,"sku":"EC.1602-P-HLED","price":633.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-EC.1602-P-HLED.jpg?v=1730181470"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-ecoblue-ec-1002-p-hled","title":"Ecoblue EC.1002-P-HLED Binocular Microscope","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEcoBlue x400 Binocular Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• WF 10x\/18 mm wide-field eyepiece with pointer\u003cbr\u003e• The eyepieces of binocular and trinocular models are supplied without a pointer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• 45º inclination on models with a monocular head\u003cbr\u003e• 30º inclination on binocular and trinocular models\u003cbr\u003e• Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm\u003cbr\u003e• All binocular and trinocular models have ± 5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate through 360°\u003cbr\u003e• Models with integrated USB-2 digital camera are supplied with a 1\/2” CMOS sensor camera, 5.0 MP (resolution 2560 x 1920 pixels)\u003cbr\u003e• EcoBlue models can be supplied with an optional discussion head\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Quadruple objective nosepiece mounted on ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with a removable analyser\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOBJECTIVES - 45 MM PARFOCAL\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e• Achromatic objectives 4x\/0.10, 10x\/0.25, S40x\/0.65 and S100x\/1.25\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• The S40x, S60x and S100x\/oil immersion objectives are retractable\u003cbr\u003e• HLED-S polarising models are equipped with semi-plan objectives\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eAll optics have an anti-fungus coating and multi-layer coating for greater light transmission\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e(Photo: EC.7004, EC.7010, EC.7020, EC.7040, EC.7060, EC.7000)\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cimg title=\"EC.7004_7010_7020_7040_7060_7000\" alt=\"EC.7004_7010_7020_7040_7060_7000\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/EC.7004_7010_7020_7040_7060_7000.jpg\"\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOCUSING SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Coaxial coarse and fine focusing, fine focus with 200 divisions, 12.5 µm per division, 2.5 mm per rotation, total travel of approximately 15 mm\u003cbr\u003e• With a maximum stage height stop to protect the specimen and the objectives\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSTAGES\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• 123 x 119 mm flat stage with two specimen clips (optional EC.9500 mechanical slide holder with X-Y travel of 51 x 26 mm)\u003cbr\u003e• 123 x 128 mm mechanical stage with X-Y travel of 70 x 27 mm\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with a circular stage, rotatable through 360º, with two specimen clips\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable, with iris diaphragm and filter holder ring\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Polarising models have a rack and pinion system for adjusting the condenser height, while on all other models the adjustment is helical\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eILLUMINATION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg title=\"NeoLED-combined\" alt=\"NeoLED-combined\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/NeoLED-combined.jpg\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Monocular models are supplied with adjustable 1 W LED illumination\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models are supplied with adjustable 1 W NeoLED™ illumination, which increases light intensity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Models without an X-Y mechanical stage are supplied with an integrated 100-240 V power supply, without rechargeable batteries\u003cbr\u003e• Models with an integrated X-Y mechanical stage are supplied with rechargeable batteries and an external 100-240 V power adapter\/charger\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for accurate colour reproduction (very similar to the halogen light spectrum). With an integrated 100-240 V power supply, without batteries\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003eDIGITAL MODELS\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCAMERA\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• All digital EcoBlue models are equipped with a 5.0 MP CMOS USB-2 camera\u003cbr\u003e• Maximum resolution of 2560 x 1920, 24-bit colour depth, more than 30 frames per second\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with ImageFocus Plus software, USB-2 cable and 1mm\/100 calibration slide\u003cbr\u003e• 2-year warranty on the camera\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSOFTWARE\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• The ImageFocus Plus image capture and analysis software allows images to be saved in .jpg, .tif, .bmp or .dicom formats\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with ImageFocus Plus for capturing images and videos\u003cbr\u003e• This software also offers a complete range of analysis tools, such as measurements on still and live images and annotations on captured images\u003cbr\u003e• Saves images in .jpg, .tif, .bmp or .dicom format, saves videos in .avi format\u003cbr\u003e• Images can be annotated and measurements can be made on live or captured images\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Compatible with Windows 7, 8, 10 and 11, 32-bit and 64-bit configurations\u003cbr\u003e• A Mac OS Light version for capturing images is also available\u003cbr\u003e• Updates can be downloaded from our website\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.euromex.com\/\"\u003ewww.euromex.com\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.euromex.com\/\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eANTI-THEFT SLOT\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eAt the back of the microscope there is a Kensington security slot that can be used to secure the instrument against theft\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSTORAGE AND TRANSPORT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg title=\"AE.9918_EC\" alt=\"AE.9918_EC\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/images-S\/AE.9918_EC.png\"\u003e\u003cimg title=\"AE.9912\" alt=\"AE.9912\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/images-S\/AE.9912.png\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eFrom left to right: AE.9918 - AE.9912\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s3\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Supplied with power cable or power adapter\/charger, white filter, dust cover, fuse, instruction manual and 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models with 100x objective)\u003cbr\u003e• EcoBlue models with external mains adapter and X-Y stage (EC.1x5x) are supplied with three rechargeable AA batteries\u003cbr\u003e• All models are supplied in a polystyrene box\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670332608838,"sku":"EC.1002-P-HLED","price":592.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-EC.1002-P-HLED.jpg?v=1730181506"},{"product_id":"microscopio-binocular-ecoblue-ec-1652","title":"Binocular Microscope Ecoblue EC.1652","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEcoBlue Binocular Microscope x600\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEYEPIECE(S)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• WF 10x\/18 mm wide-field eyepiece with pointer\u003cbr\u003e• The eyepieces of the binocular and trinocular models are supplied without a pointer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• 45º inclination on models with a monocular head\u003cbr\u003e• 30º inclination on binocular and trinocular models\u003cbr\u003e• Interpupillary distance adjustable between 48 and 75 mm\u003cbr\u003e• All binocular and trinocular models have ± 5 dioptre correction on the left eyepiece holder\u003cbr\u003e• All heads rotate through 360°\u003cbr\u003e• Models with an integrated USB-2 digital camera are supplied with a 1\/2” CMOS sensor camera, 5.0 MP (resolution 2560 x 1920 pixels)\u003cbr\u003e• EcoBlue models can be supplied with an optional discussion head\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNOSEPIECE\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Quadruple nosepiece mounted on ball bearings\u003cbr\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with a removable analyser\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOBJECTIVES - 45 MM PARFOCAL\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e• Achromatic objectives 4x\/0.10, 10x\/0.25, S40x\/0.65 and S100x\/1.25\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• The S40x, S60x and S100x\/oil immersion objectives are retractable\u003cbr\u003e• HLED-S polarising models are equipped with semi-plan objectives\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eAll optics have an anti-fungus coating and multi-layer coating for greater light transmission\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e(Photo: EC.7004, EC.7010, EC.7020, EC.7040, EC.7060, EC.7000)\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cimg title=\"EC.7004_7010_7020_7040_7060_7000\" alt=\"EC.7004_7010_7020_7040_7060_7000\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/EC.7004_7010_7020_7040_7060_7000.jpg\"\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOCUSING SYSTEM\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Coaxial coarse and fine focusing, fine focus with 200 graduations, 12.5 µm graduation, 2.5 mm per rotation, total travel of approximately 15 mm\u003cbr\u003e• With stage height limit adjustment to protect the specimen and the objectives\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSTAGES\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• 123 x 119 mm flat stage with two specimen clips (optional EC.9500 mechanical slide holder with 51 x 26 mm X-Y travel)\u003cbr\u003e• 123 x 128 mm mechanical stage with 70 x 27 mm X-Y travel\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with a circular stage, rotating through 360º, with two specimen clips\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCONDENSER\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25, height adjustable, with iris diaphragm and filter holder ring\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Polarising models have a rack and pinion system for adjusting the condenser height; on all other models the adjustment is helical\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eILLUMINATION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg title=\"NeoLED-combined\" alt=\"NeoLED-combined\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/NeoLED-combined.jpg\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e• Monocular models are supplied with adjustable 1 W LED illumination\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Binocular and trinocular models are supplied with adjustable 1 W NeoLED™ illumination, which increases light intensity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Models without an X-Y mechanical stage are supplied with an integrated 100-240 V power supply, without rechargeable batteries\u003cbr\u003e• Models with an integrated X-Y mechanical stage are supplied with rechargeable batteries and an external 100-240 V power adapter\/charger\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Polarising models are supplied with H-LED illumination for accurate colour rendering (very similar to the halogen light spectrum). With an integrated 100-240 V power supply, without batteries\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003eDIGITAL MODELS\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCAMERA\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• All digital EcoBlue models are equipped with a 5.0 MP CMOS USB-2 camera\u003cbr\u003e• Maximum resolution of 2560 x 1920, 24-bit colour depth, more than 30 frames per second\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with ImageFocus Plus software, USB-2 cable and 1mm\/100 calibration slide\u003cbr\u003e• 2-year warranty on the camera\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSOFTWARE\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• The ImageFocus Plus image capture and analysis software allows images to be saved in .jpg, .tif, .bmp or .dicom formats\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with ImageFocus Plus for capturing images and videos\u003cbr\u003e• This software also offers a complete range of analysis tools, such as measurements on still and live images and annotations on captured images\u003cbr\u003e• Saves images in .jpg, .tif, .bmp or .dicom format and saves videos in .avi format\u003cbr\u003e• Images can be annotated and measurements can be made on live or captured images\u003cspan class=\"Apple-converted-space\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Compatible with Windows 7, 8, 10 and 11, 32-bit and 64-bit configurations\u003cbr\u003e• A Mac OS Light version for capturing images is also available\u003cbr\u003e• Updates can be downloaded from our website\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.euromex.com\/\"\u003ewww.euromex.com\u003c\/a\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.euromex.com\/\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eANTI-THEFT SLOT\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eAt the back of the microscope there is a Kensington security slot that can be used to secure the instrument against theft\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSTORAGE AND TRANSPORT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cimg title=\"AE.9918_EC\" alt=\"AE.9918_EC\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/images-S\/AE.9918_EC.png\"\u003e\u003cimg title=\"AE.9912\" alt=\"AE.9912\" src=\"https:\/\/www.euromex.com\/es\/uploads\/files\/images-S\/AE.9912.png\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eFrom left to right: AE.9918 - AE.9912\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p2\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s3\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e• Supplied with power cable or power adapter\/charger, white filter, dust cover, fuse, instruction manual and 5 ml bottle of immersion oil (on models with a 100x objective)\u003cbr\u003e• EcoBlue models with an external mains adapter and X-Y stage (EC.1x5x) are supplied with three rechargeable AA batteries\u003cbr\u003e• All models are supplied in a polystyrene box\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670347157830,"sku":"EC.1652","price":467.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-EC.1652.jpg?v=1730181634"},{"product_id":"estereomicroscopio-binocular-sb-1902-b","title":"Binocular Stereo Microscope SB.1902-B","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex StereoBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe Euromex BlueLine range offers a selection of high-quality stereo microscope models, designed specifically for use in laboratories and in higher education.\u003cbr\u003eStereoBlue microscopes are specially developed for laboratory applications and teaching, and are highly valued by biologists, entomologists, geologists, mechanical and electronic engineers and other professionals such as jewellers or dental technicians. These microscopes are available with dual objectives or with a zoom objective for magnifications from 2.1x to 135x (with optional accessories), and feature incident and transmitted LED illumination.\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications StereoBlue Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003ePair of WF10x \/ 21 mm eyepieces secured with rubber eyeguards \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r • Binocular or trinocular head, inclined at 45º \u003cbr\u003e• Dioptre adjustment on both eyepiece tubes, except for models\r SB.1302-P \/ 1402-P \/ 3903-P and SB.1302 \/ 1402 \/ 3903, which have dioptre adjustment on one eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• Interpupillary distance adjustable between 55 mm and 75 mm\r • The trinocular head is supplied with a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50)\u003cbr\u003eAll optics are coated with an anti-fungal and\r anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDUAL MAGNIFICATION MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Rotating dual objective turret 1x \/ 3x or 2x \/ 4x\u003cbr\u003e• Magnifications 10x \/ 30x or 20x \/ 40x (can be extended to 120x)\u003cbr\u003e• Field of view 21 mm\/6.9 mm or 10.5 mm\/5.2 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Working distance 100 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZOOM MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Parfocal 0.7x to 4.5x zoom stereo objective\u003cbr\u003e• Magnification from 7x to 45x\u003cbr\u003e• Field of view from 29.9 mm to 4.6 mm\u003cbr\u003e\r • Working distance 100 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDS\u003cbr\u003e• The rack and pinion or column stands of the StereoBlue Series are fitted with ergonomically designed flat bases, with two specimen clips, a clear stage plate and a white\/black stage plate of Ø 60 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The macro focusing is fitted with tension control \u003cbr\u003e• The universal stand (single arm) and the double arm stand with a heavy base (-U and -B) have been ergonomically designed and are ideal for viewing large specimens or working under the microscope\u003cbr\u003e• The stands are made of cast metal alloy with an off-white hardened coating\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• With dimmable 3 W LED incident and transmitted illumination that can be used simultaneously or separately\u003cbr\u003e• Models SB.3903 and SB.3903-P come with a 30 LED incident ring light and 3W LED transmitted illumination \u003cbr\u003e• SB.1902-U, SB.1903-U, SB.1902-B and SB.1903-B are supplied without illumination. For these models, the LED ring illuminators LE.1973 and LE.1974 are recommended\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003e• Models with illumination included are supplied with a power cable, dust cover, rubber eyeguards, a spare fuse, clear and white\/black opaque stage plates of Ø 60 mm and user manual\u003cbr\u003e• Everything packed in a polystyrene box. Models -U and -B are supplied with a dust cover, rubber eyeguards and user manual","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670353613126,"sku":"SB.1902-B","price":807.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-SB.1902-B.jpg?v=1730181851"},{"product_id":"estereomicroscopio-binocular-sb-1902-p","title":"Binocular Stereo Microscope SB.1902-P","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex StereoBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe Euromex BlueLine offers a range of high-quality stereo models, designed specifically for use in laboratories and in higher education.\u003cbr\u003eStereoBlue microscopes are specially developed for laboratory and teaching applications and are highly valued by biologists, entomologists, geologists, mechanical and electronic engineers and other professionals such as jewellers or dental technicians. These microscopes are available with dual objectives or with a zoom objective for magnifications from 2.1x to 135x (with optional accessories), and feature incident and transmitted LED illumination.\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStereoBlue Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003ePair of WF10x \/ 21 mm eyepieces secured with rubber eyeguards \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r • Binocular or trinocular head with 45º inclination \u003cbr\u003e• Dioptre adjustment on both eyepiece tubes, except models\r SB.1302-P \/ 1402-P \/ 3903-P and SB.1302 \/ 1402 \/ 3903, which have dioptre adjustment on one eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• Interpupillary distance adjustable between 55 mm and 75 mm\r • The trinocular head is supplied with a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50)\u003cbr\u003eAll optics are coated with an anti-fungal and\r anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDUAL MAGNIFICATION MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Rotating dual objective turret 1x \/ 3x or 2x \/ 4x\u003cbr\u003e• Magnifications 10x \/ 30x or 20x \/ 40x (can be extended to 120x)\u003cbr\u003e• Field of view 21 mm\/6.9 mm or 10.5 mm\/5.2 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Working distance 100 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZOOM MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Parfocal 0.7x to 4.5x stereo zoom objective\u003cbr\u003e• Magnification from 7x to 45x\u003cbr\u003e• Field of view from 29.9 mm to 4.6 mm\u003cbr\u003e\r • Working distance 100 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDS\u003cbr\u003e• The rack and pinion stands or column stands of the StereoBlue Series are fitted with ergonomically designed flat bases, with two specimen clips, a clear stage plate and a white\/black stage plate of Ø 60 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The macro focus is fitted with tension control \u003cbr\u003e• The universal stand (single arm) and the double arm stand with a heavy base (-U and -B) have been ergonomically designed and are ideal for viewing large specimens or working under the microscope\u003cbr\u003e• The stands are made of cast metal alloy with an off-white hardened coating\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• With dimmable 3 W incident and transmitted LED illumination that can be used simultaneously or separately\u003cbr\u003e• Models SB.3903 and SB.3903-P come with a 30 LED incident illumination ring and 3W transmitted LED illumination \u003cbr\u003e• SB.1902-U, SB.1903-U, SB.1902-B and SB.1903-B are supplied without illumination. For these models, the LE.1973 and LE.1974 LED ring illuminators are recommended\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003e• Models with illumination included are supplied with a power cable, dust cover, rubber eyeguards, a spare fuse, clear and white\/black opaque stage plates of Ø 60 mm and user manual\u003cbr\u003e• Everything packed in a polystyrene box. The -U and -B models are supplied with a dust cover, rubber eyeguards and user manual","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670354268486,"sku":"SB.1902-P","price":479.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-SB.1902-P.jpg?v=1730181914"},{"product_id":"estereomicroscopio-binocular-sb-1902","title":"Binocular Stereo Microscope SB.1902","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex StereoBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe Euromex BlueLine offers a range of high-quality stereo models, designed specifically for use in laboratories and in higher education.\u003cbr\u003eStereoBlue microscopes are specially developed for laboratory and teaching applications and are highly valued by biologists, entomologists, geologists, mechanical and electronic engineers and other professionals such as jewellers or dental technicians. These microscopes are available with dual objectives or with a zoom objective for magnifications from 2.1x to 135x (with optional accessories), and feature incident and transmitted LED illumination.\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStereoBlue Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003ePair of WF10x \/ 21 mm eyepieces secured with rubber eyeguards \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r • Binocular or trinocular head with 45º inclination \u003cbr\u003e• Diopter adjustment on both eyepiece tubes, except models\r SB.1302-P \/ 1402-P \/ 3903-P and SB.1302 \/ 1402 \/ 3903, which have diopter adjustment on one eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• Interpupillary distance adjustable between 55 mm and 75 mm\r • The trinocular head is supplied with a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50)\u003cbr\u003eAll optics are coated with an anti-fungal and\r anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDUAL MAGNIFICATION MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Rotating dual objective turret 1x \/ 3x or 2x \/ 4x\u003cbr\u003e• Magnifications 10x \/ 30x or 20x \/ 40x (can be extended to 120x)\u003cbr\u003e• Field of view 21 mm\/6.9 mm or 10.5 mm\/5.2 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Working distance 100 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZOOM MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Parfocal stereo zoom objective 0.7x to 4.5x\u003cbr\u003e• Magnification from 7x to 45x\u003cbr\u003e• Field of view from 29.9 mm to 4.6 mm\u003cbr\u003e\r • Working distance 100 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDS\u003cbr\u003e• The rack and pinion or pillar stands of the StereoBlue Series are fitted with ergonomically designed flat bases, with two specimen clips, a clear stage plate and a white\/black stage plate of Ø 60 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The macro focus is fitted with tension control \u003cbr\u003e• The universal stand (single arm) and the double arm stand with a heavy base (-U and -B) have been ergonomically designed and are ideal for viewing large specimens or working under the microscope\u003cbr\u003e• The stands are made of cast metal alloy with an off-white hardened coating\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• With dimmable 3 W LED incident and transmitted illumination that can be used simultaneously or separately\u003cbr\u003e• Models SB.3903 and SB.3903-P come with a 30 LED incident ring light and 3W LED transmitted illumination \u003cbr\u003e• SB.1902-U, SB.1903-U, SB.1902-B and SB.1903-B are supplied without illumination. For these models, the LED ring illuminators LE.1973 and LE.1974 are recommended\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003e• Models with illumination included are supplied with a power cable, dust cover, rubber eyeguards, a spare fuse, clear and white\/black opaque stage plates of Ø 60 mm and a user manual\u003cbr\u003e• Everything is packed in a polystyrene box. Models -U and -B are supplied with a dust cover, rubber eyeguards and a user manual","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670356726086,"sku":"SB.1902","price":490.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-SB.1902.jpg?v=1730181943"},{"product_id":"estereomicroscopio-binocular-sb-1402-p","title":"Binocular Stereo Microscope SB.1402-P","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex StereoBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe Euromex BlueLine range offers a selection of high-quality stereo microscope models, designed specifically for use in laboratories and in higher education.\u003cbr\u003eStereoBlue microscopes are specially developed for laboratory applications and for teaching, and are highly valued by biologists, entomologists, geologists, mechanical and electronic engineers and other professionals such as jewellers or dental technicians. These microscopes are available with dual objectives or with a zoom objective for magnifications from 2.1x to 135x (with optional accessories), and feature incident and transmitted LED illumination.\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStereoBlue Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003ePair of WF10x \/ 21 mm eyepieces secured with rubber eyeguards \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r • Binocular or trinocular head with 45º inclination \u003cbr\u003e• Dioptre adjustment on both eyepiece tubes, except for models\r SB.1302-P \/ 1402-P \/ 3903-P and SB.1302 \/ 1402 \/ 3903, which have dioptre adjustment on one eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• Interpupillary distance adjustable between 55 mm and 75 mm\r • The trinocular head is supplied with a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50)\u003cbr\u003eAll optics are coated with an anti-fungal and\r anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDUAL MAGNIFICATION MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Rotating dual objective turret 1x \/ 3x or 2x \/ 4x\u003cbr\u003e• Magnifications 10x \/ 30x or 20x \/ 40x (can be extended to 120x)\u003cbr\u003e• Field of view 21 mm\/6.9 mm or 10.5 mm\/5.2 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Working distance 100 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZOOM MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Parfocal 0.7x to 4.5x zoom stereo objective\u003cbr\u003e• Magnification from 7x to 45x\u003cbr\u003e• Field of view from 29.9 mm to 4.6 mm\u003cbr\u003e\r • Working distance 100 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDS\u003cbr\u003e• The rack and pinion or column stands of the StereoBlue Series are fitted with ergonomically designed flat bases, with two specimen clips, a transparent stage plate and a white\/black stage plate of Ø 60 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The macro focusing is fitted with tension control \u003cbr\u003e• The universal stand (single arm) and the double arm stand with a heavy base (-U and -B) have been ergonomically designed and are ideal for viewing large specimens or working under the microscope\u003cbr\u003e• The stands are made of cast metal alloy with an off-white hardened coating\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• With dimmable 3 W LED incident and transmitted illumination that can be used simultaneously or separately\u003cbr\u003e• Models SB.3903 and SB.3903-P come with a 30 LED incident illumination ring and 3W LED transmitted illumination \u003cbr\u003e• SB.1902-U, SB.1903-U, SB.1902-B and SB.1903-B are supplied without illumination. For these models, the LE.1973 and LE.1974 LED ring illuminators are recommended\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONTENTS INCLUDED\u003cbr\u003e• Models with illumination included are supplied with a power cable, dust cover, rubber eyeguards, a spare fuse, transparent and opaque white\/black stage plates of Ø 60 mm and a user manual\u003cbr\u003e• Everything is packed in a polystyrene box. The -U and -B models are supplied with a dust cover, rubber eyeguards and a user manual","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670356857158,"sku":"SB.1402-P","price":333.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-SB.1402-P.jpg?v=1730181972"},{"product_id":"estereomicroscopio-binocular-sb-1302-p","title":"Binocular Stereo Microscope SB.1302-P","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex StereoBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe Euromex BlueLine offers a range of high-quality stereo models, designed specifically for use in laboratories and in higher education.\u003cbr\u003eStereoBlue microscopes are specially developed for laboratory applications and for teaching, and are highly valued by biologists, entomologists, geologists, mechanical and electronic engineers and other professionals such as jewellers or dental technicians. These microscopes are available with dual objectives or with a zoom objective for magnifications from 2.1x to 135x (with optional accessories), and they feature incident and transmitted LED illumination.\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStereoBlue Microscope Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003ePair of WF10x \/ 21 mm eyepieces secured with rubber eyeguards \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r • Binocular or trinocular head with 45º inclination \u003cbr\u003e• Dioptre adjustment on both eyepiece tubes, except models\r SB.1302-P \/ 1402-P \/ 3903-P and SB.1302 \/ 1402 \/ 3903, which have dioptre adjustment on one eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• Interpupillary distance adjustable between 55 mm and 75 mm\r • The trinocular head is supplied with a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50)\u003cbr\u003eAll optics are coated with an anti-fungal and\r anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDUAL MAGNIFICATION MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Rotating dual objective turret 1x \/ 3x or 2x \/ 4x\u003cbr\u003e• Magnifications 10x \/ 30x or 20x \/ 40x (can be extended to 120x)\u003cbr\u003e• Field of view 21 mm\/6.9 mm or 10.5 mm\/5.2 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Working distance 100 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZOOM MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Parfocal 0.7x to 4.5x zoom stereo objective\u003cbr\u003e• Magnification from 7x to 45x\u003cbr\u003e• Field of view from 29.9 mm to 4.6 mm\u003cbr\u003e\r • Working distance 100 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDS\u003cbr\u003e• The rack and pinion or column stands of the StereoBlue Series are fitted with ergonomically designed flat bases, with two specimen clips, a clear stage plate and a white\/black stage plate of Ø 60 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The macro focus is fitted with tension control \u003cbr\u003e• The universal stand (single arm) and the double arm stand with a heavy base (-U and -B) have been ergonomically designed and are ideal for viewing large specimens or working under the microscope\u003cbr\u003e• The stands are made of cast metal alloy with an off-white hardened coating\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• With dimmable 3 W LED incident and transmitted illumination that can be used simultaneously or separately\u003cbr\u003e• Models SB.3903 and SB.3903-P come with a 30 LED incident ring light and 3W LED transmitted illumination \u003cbr\u003e• SB.1902-U, SB.1903-U, SB.1902-B and SB.1903-B are supplied without illumination. LED ring lights models LE.1973 and LE.1974 are recommended for these models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePACKAGE CONTENTS\u003cbr\u003e• Models with illumination included are supplied with a power cable, dust cover, rubber eyeguards, a spare fuse, clear and white\/black opaque stage plates of Ø 60 mm and user manual\u003cbr\u003e• All packed in a polystyrene box. Models -U and -B are supplied with a dust cover, rubber eyeguards and user manual","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670358266182,"sku":"SB.1302-P","price":333.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-SB.1302-P.jpg?v=1730182035"},{"product_id":"estereomicroscopio-binocular-sb-1302","title":"Binocular Stereo Microscope SB.1302","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex StereoBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe Euromex BlueLine offers a range of high-quality stereo models, designed specifically for use in laboratories and in higher education.\u003cbr\u003eStereoBlue microscopes are specially developed for laboratory applications and for teaching, and are highly valued by biologists, entomologists, geologists, mechanical and electronic engineers and other professionals such as jewellers or dental technicians. These microscopes are available with dual objectives or with a zoom objective for magnifications from 2.1x to 135x (with optional accessories), and feature incident and transmitted LED illumination.\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStereoBlue Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003ePair of WF10x \/ 21 mm eyepieces secured with rubber eyeguards \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r • Binocular or trinocular head with 45º inclination \u003cbr\u003e• Dioptre adjustment on both eyepiece tubes, except models\r SB.1302-P \/ 1402-P \/ 3903-P and SB.1302 \/ 1402 \/ 3903, which have dioptre adjustment on one eyepiece tube\u003cbr\u003e• Interpupillary distance adjustable between 55 mm and 75 mm\r • The trinocular head is supplied with a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50)\u003cbr\u003eAll optics are coated with an anti-fungal and\r anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDUAL MAGNIFICATION MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Rotating dual objective nosepiece 1x \/ 3x or 2x \/ 4x\u003cbr\u003e• Magnifications 10x \/ 30x or 20x \/ 40x (can be extended to 120x)\u003cbr\u003e• Field of view 21 mm\/6.9 mm or 10.5 mm\/5.2 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Working distance 100 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eZOOM MODELS\u003cbr\u003e• Parfocal 0.7x to 4.5x stereo zoom objective\u003cbr\u003e• Magnification from 7x to 45x\u003cbr\u003e• Field of view from 29.9 mm to 4.6 mm\u003cbr\u003e\r • Working distance 100 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTANDS\u003cbr\u003e• The rack and pinion stands or pillar stands of the StereoBlue Series are fitted with ergonomically designed flat bases, with two specimen clips, a transparent stage plate and a white\/black stage plate of Ø 60 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The macro focus is fitted with tension control \u003cbr\u003e• The universal stand (single arm) and the double arm stand with a heavy base (-U and -B) have been ergonomically designed and are ideal for viewing large specimens or working under the microscope\u003cbr\u003e• The stands are made of cast metal alloy with an off-white hardened coating\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eILLUMINATION\u003cbr\u003e• With dimmable 3 W LED incident and transmitted illumination that can be used simultaneously or separately\u003cbr\u003e• Models SB.3903 and SB.3903-P come with a 30 LED incident ring light and 3W LED transmitted illumination \u003cbr\u003e• SB.1902-U, SB.1903-U, SB.1902-B and SB.1903-B are supplied without illumination. LED ring lights models LE.1973 and LE.1974 are recommended for these models\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCONTENTS INCLUDED\u003cbr\u003e• Models with illumination included are supplied with a power cable, dust cover, rubber eyeguards, a spare fuse, transparent and white\/black opaque stage plates of Ø 60 mm and user manual\u003cbr\u003e• Everything is packed in a polystyrene box. Models -U and -B are supplied with a dust cover, rubber eyeguards and user manual","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670358298950,"sku":"SB.1302","price":342.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-SB.1302.jpg?v=1730182066"},{"product_id":"estereomicroscopio-binocular-ed-1402-evo","title":"Binocular Stereo Microscope ED.1402-EVO","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex EduBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe outstanding optical performance of the ergonomic stereo microscopes in the Euromex BlueLine range allows science students, at both beginner and advanced level, to carry out long and productive working sessions.\u003cbr\u003eEduBlue microscopes are ideal for educational use and are available with dual and triple magnification factors to achieve total magnifications from 5x up to 80x. They feature incident and transmitted LED illumination. The two angled optical tubes (Greenough design) make three-dimensional observation of small insects, plants, rocks and minerals possible. \u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEduBlue Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003ePair of WF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces secured with rubber eyeguards\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r • Binocular head with 45 ° inclined tube\u003cbr\u003e• Dioptre adjustment of ± 5 on one eyepiece holder\u003cbr\u003e• Interpupillary distance adjustable between 55 and 75 mm\r \u003cbr\u003e• The digital head is supplied with a 5.0 MP USB-2 CMOS 1\/2.8“ camera\u003cbr\u003e• Maximum resolution of 2560 x 1920 pixels\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDUAL MAGNIFICATION OBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e• Objective turret with dual magnification factor 1x\/3x or 2x\/4x, which can provide standard magnifications of 10x and 30x or 20x and 40x\r \u003cbr\u003e• Working distance 60 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Field of view of 20\/6.7 mm or 10\/5 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Magnifications can be changed by using optional eyepieces.All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTRIPLE MAGNIFICATION OBJECTIVES\r \u003cbr\u003e• Objective turret with triple 1x\/2x\/3x or 1x\/2x\/4x, which can provide standard magnifications of 10x, 20x and 30x or 10x, 20x and 40x \u003cbr\u003e• Working distance 60 mm \u003cbr\u003e• Field of view of 20\/10\/6.7 mm or 20\/10\/5mm \u003cbr\u003e• Magnifications can be changed by using optional eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAND\u003cbr\u003e• The rack and pinion or pillar stands of the EduBlue Series are fitted with ergonomically designed flat bases, with 2 specimen clips and a clear and white\/black stage plate of Ø 60 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The coarse focus is fitted with tension control\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAPL (ANTI-BACTERIAL PROTECTION LAYER)\r \u003cbr\u003eAPL (Anti-bacterial Protection Layer) is a revolutionary paint treatment applied to the most critical parts of our products. A microscope with APL will restrict the growth of microorganisms, including bacteria and mould","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670359052614,"sku":"ED.1402-EVO","price":283.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-ED.1402-EVO.jpg?v=1730182095"},{"product_id":"estereomicroscopio-binocular-ed-1302-evo","title":"Binocular Stereo Microscope ED.1302-EVO","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex EduBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe outstanding optical performance of the ergonomic stereo microscopes in the Euromex BlueLine range allows science students, at both beginner and advanced level, to carry out long and productive working sessions.\u003cbr\u003eEduBlue microscopes are ideal for educational purposes and are available with double and triple magnification factors to reach total magnifications from 5x up to 80x. They feature incident and transmitted LED illumination. The two angled optical tubes (Greenough design) make three-dimensional observation of small insects, plants, rocks and minerals possible. \u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEduBlue Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003ePair of WF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces secured with rubber guards\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r • Binocular head with 45 ° inclined tube\u003cbr\u003e• Dioptre adjustment of ± 5 on one eyepiece holder\u003cbr\u003e• Interpupillary distance adjustable between 55 and 75 mm\r \u003cbr\u003e• The digital head is supplied with a 5.0 MP USB-2 CMOS 1\/2.8“ camera\u003cbr\u003e• Maximum resolution of 2560 x 1920 pixels\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDOUBLE MAGNIFICATION OBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e• Objective turret with double magnification factor 1x\/3x or 2x\/4x, providing standard magnifications of 10x and 30x or 20x and 40x\r \u003cbr\u003e• Working distance 60 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Field of view of 20\/6.7 mm or 10\/5 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Magnifications can be changed by using optional eyepieces. All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTRIPLE MAGNIFICATION OBJECTIVES\r \u003cbr\u003e• Objective turret with triple 1x\/2x\/3x or 1x\/2x\/4x, providing standard magnifications of 10x, 20x and 30x or 10x, 20x and 40x \u003cbr\u003e• Working distance 60 mm \u003cbr\u003e• Field of view of 20\/10\/6.7 mm or 20\/10\/5mm \u003cbr\u003e• Magnifications can be changed by using optional eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAND\u003cbr\u003e• The rack and pinion or pillar stands of the EduBlue Series are fitted with ergonomically designed flat bases, with 2 specimen clips and a Ø 60 mm clear and white\/black stage plate\u003cbr\u003e• The coarse focus is fitted with tension control\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAPL (ANTI-BACTERIAL PROTECTION LAYER)\r \u003cbr\u003eAPL (Anti-bacterial Protection Layer) is a revolutionary paint treatment applied to the most critical parts of our products. A microscope with APL will restrict the growth of microorganisms, including bacteria and mould","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670359118150,"sku":"ED.1302-EVO","price":283.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-ED.1302-EVO.jpg?v=1730182129"},{"product_id":"estereomicroscopio-binocular-ed-1802-s","title":"Binocular Stereo Microscope ED.1802-S","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex EduBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe outstanding optical performance of the ergonomic stereo microscopes in the Euromex BlueLine range allows science students, at both beginner and advanced level, to carry out long and productive working sessions.\u003cbr\u003eEduBlue microscopes are ideal for educational purposes and are available with double and triple magnification factors to achieve total magnifications from 5x up to 80x. They feature incident and transmitted LED illumination. The two angled optical tubes (Greenough design) make three-dimensional observation of small insects, plants, rocks and minerals possible. \u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEduBlue Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003ePair of WF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces fixed with rubber eyeguards\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r • Binocular head with 45 ° inclined tube\u003cbr\u003e• Dioptre adjustment of ± 5 on one eyepiece holder\u003cbr\u003e• Interpupillary distance adjustable between 55 and 75 mm\r \u003cbr\u003e• The digital head is supplied with a 5.0 MP USB-2 CMOS 1\/2.8“ camera\u003cbr\u003e• Maximum resolution of 2560 x 1920 pixels\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDOUBLE MAGNIFICATION OBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e• Objective turret with double magnification factor 1x\/3x or 2x\/4x, which can provide standard magnifications of 10x and 30x or 20x and 40x\r \u003cbr\u003e• Working distance 60 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Field of view of 20\/6.7 mm or 10\/5 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Magnifications can be changed by using optional eyepieces.All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTRIPLE MAGNIFICATION OBJECTIVES\r \u003cbr\u003e• Objective turret with triple 1x\/2x\/3x or 1x\/2x\/4x, which can provide standard magnifications of 10x, 20x and 30x or 10x, 20x and 40x \u003cbr\u003e• Working distance 60 mm \u003cbr\u003e• Field of view of 20\/10\/6.7 mm or 20\/10\/5mm \u003cbr\u003e• Magnifications can be changed by using optional eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAND\u003cbr\u003e• The rack and pinion or pillar stands of the EduBlue Series are equipped with ergonomically designed flat bases, with 2 specimen clips and a clear and white\/black stage plate of Ø 60 mm\u003cbr\u003e• The coarse focus is equipped with tension control\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAPL (ANTI-BACTERIAL PROTECTION LAYER)\r \u003cbr\u003eAPL (Anti-bacterial Protection Layer) is a revolutionary paint treatment applied to the most critical parts of our products. A microscope with APL will restrict the growth of microorganisms, including bacteria and mould","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670359347526,"sku":"ED.1802-S","price":286.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-ED.1802-S.jpg?v=1730182185"},{"product_id":"estereomicroscopio-binocular-ed-1502-s","title":"Binocular Stereo Microscope ED.1502-S","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex EduBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe outstanding optical performance of the ergonomic stereo microscopes in the Euromex BlueLine range allows science students, at both beginner and advanced level, to carry out long and productive working sessions.\u003cbr\u003eEduBlue microscopes are ideal for educational use and are available with double and triple magnification options, giving total magnifications from 5x up to 80x. They have incident and transmitted LED illumination. The two angled optical tubes (Greenough design) make three-dimensional observation of small insects, plants, rocks and minerals possible. \u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eEduBlue Microscope technical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003ePair of WF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces secured with rubber guards\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r • Binocular head with 45° inclined tube\u003cbr\u003e• Dioptre adjustment of ± 5 on one eyepiece holder\u003cbr\u003e• Interpupillary distance adjustable between 55 and 75 mm\r \u003cbr\u003e• The digital head is supplied with a 5.0 MP USB-2 CMOS 1\/2.8“ camera\u003cbr\u003e• Maximum resolution of 2560 x 1920 pixels\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDUAL MAGNIFICATION OBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e• Objective turret with dual magnification 1x\/3x or 2x\/4x, providing standard magnifications of 10x and 30x or 20x and 40x\r \u003cbr\u003e• Working distance 60 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Field of view of 20\/6.7 mm or 10\/5 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Magnifications can be changed by using optional eyepieces. All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTRIPLE MAGNIFICATION OBJECTIVES\r \u003cbr\u003e• Objective turret with triple magnification 1x\/2x\/3x or 1x\/2x\/4x, providing standard magnifications of 10x, 20x and 30x or 10x, 20x and 40x \u003cbr\u003e• Working distance 60 mm \u003cbr\u003e• Field of view of 20\/10\/6.7 mm or 20\/10\/5mm \u003cbr\u003e• Magnifications can be changed by using optional eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAND\u003cbr\u003e• The rack and pinion or pillar stands of the EduBlue Series are fitted with ergonomically designed flat bases, with 2 specimen clips and a Ø 60 mm clear and white\/black stage plate\u003cbr\u003e• The macro focus is fitted with tension control\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAPL (ANTI-BACTERIAL PROTECTION LAYER)\r \u003cbr\u003eAPL (Anti-bacterial Protection Layer) is a revolutionary paint treatment applied to the most critical parts of our products. A microscope with APL will restrict the growth of microorganisms, including bacteria and mould","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670359675206,"sku":"ED.1502-S","price":286.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-ED.1502-S.jpg?v=1730182246"},{"product_id":"estereomicroscopio-binocular-ed-1402-s","title":"Binocular Stereo Microscope ED.1402-S","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEuromex EduBlue Microscope\u003c\/h2\u003eThe outstanding optical performance of the ergonomic stereo microscopes in the Euromex BlueLine range allows science students, at both beginner and advanced level, to carry out long and productive working sessions.\u003cbr\u003eEduBlue microscopes are ideal for educational use and are available with double and triple magnification factors, giving total magnifications from 5x up to 80x. They feature incident and transmitted LED illumination. The two angled optical tubes (Greenough design) make three-dimensional observation of small insects, plants, rocks and minerals possible. \u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications EduBlue Microscope\u003c\/h3\u003eEYEPIECES\u003cbr\u003ePair of WF10x \/ 20 mm eyepieces secured with rubber eyeguards\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHEAD\u003cbr\u003e\r • Binocular head with 45 ° inclined tube\u003cbr\u003e• Dioptre adjustment of ± 5 on one eyepiece holder\u003cbr\u003e• Interpupillary distance adjustable between 55 and 75 mm\r \u003cbr\u003e• The digital head is supplied with a 5.0 MP USB-2 CMOS 1\/2.8“ camera\u003cbr\u003e• Maximum resolution of 2560 x 1920 pixels\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDOUBLE MAGNIFICATION OBJECTIVES\u003cbr\u003e• Objective turret with double magnification factor 1x\/3x or 2x\/4x, providing standard magnifications of 10x and 30x or 20x and 40x\r \u003cbr\u003e• Working distance 60 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Field of view of 20\/6.7 mm or 10\/5 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Magnifications can be changed by using optional eyepieces. All optics are coated with an anti-fungal and anti-reflective treatment for maximum light performance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTRIPLE MAGNIFICATION OBJECTIVES\r \u003cbr\u003e• Objective turret with triple 1x\/2x\/3x or 1x\/2x\/4x, providing standard magnifications of 10x, 20x and 30x or 10x, 20x and 40x \u003cbr\u003e• Working distance 60 mm \u003cbr\u003e• Field of view of 20\/10\/6.7 mm or 20\/10\/5mm \u003cbr\u003e• Magnifications can be changed by using optional eyepieces\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSTAND\u003cbr\u003e• The rack and pinion or pillar stands of the EduBlue Series are fitted with ergonomically designed flat bases, with 2 specimen clips and a clear and white\/black Ø 60 mm stage plate\u003cbr\u003e• The coarse focus is fitted with tension control\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAPL (ANTI-BACTERIAL PROTECTION LAYER)\r \u003cbr\u003eAPL (Anti-bacterial Protection Layer) is a revolutionary paint treatment applied to the most critical parts of our products. A microscope with APL will restrict the growth of microorganisms, including bacteria and mould","brand":"Euromex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50670362591558,"sku":"ED.1402-S","price":246.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0863\/2909\/8566\/files\/es-model-ED.1402-S.jpg?v=1730182331"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.letscopes.it\/en\/collections\/microscopios-binoculares.oembed?page=4","provider":"www.letscopes.com","version":"1.0","type":"link"}